xref: /netbsd-src/external/gpl3/binutils/dist/ld/ldlang.c (revision bdc22b2e01993381dcefeff2bc9b56ca75a4235c)
1 /* Linker command language support.
2    Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 
4    This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5 
6    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9    (at your option) any later version.
10 
11    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
14    GNU General Public License for more details.
15 
16    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
20 
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28 
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46 
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50 
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52    For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53    of two, so we can use shifts.  */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56 
57 /* Local variables.  */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60 
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
76 
77 /* Forward declarations.  */
78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
80 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83 			     lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 				  lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statements (void);
87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92   (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
94 
95 /* Exported variables.  */
96 const char *output_target;
97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
103 const char *entry_section = ".text";
104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
114 
115  /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
116     DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal.  */
117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
118 
119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120    Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121    wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122    be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123    That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally.  */
124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125 
126 #define new_stat(x, y) \
127   (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128 
129 #define outside_section_address(q) \
130   ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131 
132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133   ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134 
135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136 
137 void *
138 stat_alloc (size_t size)
139 {
140   return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141 }
142 
143 static int
144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145 {
146   if (wildcardp (pattern))
147     return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148   return strcmp (pattern, name);
149 }
150 
151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152    separator.  If not, return NULL.  */
153 
154 static char *
155 archive_path (const char *pattern)
156 {
157   char *p = NULL;
158 
159   if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160     return p;
161 
162   p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164   if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165     return p;
166 
167   /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168      as in "c:\silly.dos".  */
169   if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170     p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171 #endif
172   return p;
173 }
174 
175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176    return whether F matches FILE_SPEC.  */
177 
178 static bfd_boolean
179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180 				 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181 {
182   bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183 
184   if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185        || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186       && ((sep != file_spec)
187 	  == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188     {
189       match = TRUE;
190 
191       if (sep != file_spec)
192 	{
193 	  const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194 	  *sep = 0;
195 	  match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196 	  *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197 	}
198     }
199   return match;
200 }
201 
202 static bfd_boolean
203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204 		  const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205 {
206   struct unique_sections *unam;
207   const char *secnam;
208 
209   if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
210       && sec->owner != NULL
211       && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212     return !(os != NULL
213 	     && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214 
215   secnam = sec->name;
216   for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217     if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218       return TRUE;
219 
220   return FALSE;
221 }
222 
223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections.  */
224 
225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
226    false.  */
227 
228 static bfd_boolean
229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
230 				lang_input_statement_type *file)
231 {
232   struct name_list *list_tmp;
233 
234   for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
235        list_tmp;
236        list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
237     {
238       char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
239 
240       if (p != NULL)
241 	{
242 	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
243 	    return TRUE;
244 	}
245 
246       else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
247 	return TRUE;
248 
249       /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage?  Matching
250 	 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
251 	 been superceded by the archive:path syntax.  */
252       else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
253 	       && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
254 	       && name_match (list_tmp->name,
255 			      file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
256 	return TRUE;
257     }
258 
259   return FALSE;
260 }
261 
262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard.  This just calls
263    the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
264    and excludes the file.  It's hardly ever present so this
265    function is very fast.  */
266 
267 static void
268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 			    lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 			    asection *s,
271 			    struct wildcard_list *sec,
272 			    callback_t callback,
273 			    void *data)
274 {
275   /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded.  */
276   if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
277     return;
278 
279   (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
280 }
281 
282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
283    but slowly.  */
284 
285 static void
286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
287 			   lang_input_statement_type *file,
288 			   callback_t callback,
289 			   void *data)
290 {
291   asection *s;
292   struct wildcard_list *sec;
293 
294   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
295     {
296       sec = ptr->section_list;
297       if (sec == NULL)
298 	(*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
299 
300       while (sec != NULL)
301 	{
302 	  bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
303 
304 	  if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
305 	    {
306 	      const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
307 
308 	      skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
309 	    }
310 
311 	  if (!skip)
312 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
313 
314 	  sec = sec->next;
315 	}
316     }
317 }
318 
319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name.  If there's more
320    than one section with that name, we report that.  */
321 
322 typedef struct
323 {
324   asection *found_section;
325   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
326 } section_iterator_callback_data;
327 
328 static bfd_boolean
329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
330 {
331   section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
332 
333   if (d->found_section != NULL)
334     {
335       d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
336       return TRUE;
337     }
338 
339   d->found_section = s;
340   return FALSE;
341 }
342 
343 static asection *
344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
345 	      struct wildcard_list *sec,
346 	      bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
347 {
348   section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
349 
350   bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
351 			      section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
352   *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
353   return cb_data.found_section;
354 }
355 
356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
357    which can be expensive because of charset translations etc.  */
358 
359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
360    where the literal part is at least 4 characters long.  */
361 
362 static bfd_boolean
363 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
364 {
365   size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
366   return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
367 }
368 
369 static bfd_boolean
370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
371 {
372   /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
373      non-wildcard characters.  So we can go faster.  */
374   if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
375       || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
376     return FALSE;
377 
378   pattern += 4;
379   name += 4;
380   while (*pattern != '*')
381     if (*name++ != *pattern++)
382       return FALSE;
383 
384   return TRUE;
385 }
386 
387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
388    section name NAME.  */
389 
390 static unsigned long
391 get_init_priority (const char *name)
392 {
393   char *end;
394   unsigned long init_priority;
395 
396   /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
397      attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
398      lower value means a higher priority.
399 
400      1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
401 	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
402 	The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
403 	.fini_array is backward.
404      2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
405 	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
406 	The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
407 	is forward.
408    */
409   if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
410       || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
411     {
412       init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
413       return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
414     }
415   else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
416 	   || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
417     {
418       init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
419       return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
420     }
421 
422   return 0;
423 }
424 
425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT.  */
426 
427 static int
428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
429 {
430   int ret;
431   unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
432 
433   switch (sort)
434     {
435     default:
436       abort ();
437 
438     case by_init_priority:
439       ainit_priority
440 	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
441       binit_priority
442 	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
443       if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
444 	goto sort_by_name;
445       ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
446       if (ret)
447 	break;
448       else
449 	goto sort_by_name;
450 
451     case by_alignment_name:
452       ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
453 	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
454       if (ret)
455 	break;
456       /* Fall through.  */
457 
458     case by_name:
459 sort_by_name:
460       ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
461 		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
462       break;
463 
464     case by_name_alignment:
465       ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
466 		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
467       if (ret)
468 	break;
469       /* Fall through.  */
470 
471     case by_alignment:
472       ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
473 	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
474       break;
475     }
476 
477   return ret;
478 }
479 
480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
481    used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
482    of sections are large.  */
483 
484 static lang_section_bst_type **
485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
486 		struct wildcard_list *sec,
487 		lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
488 		asection *section)
489 {
490   lang_section_bst_type **tree;
491 
492   tree = &wild->tree;
493   if (!wild->filenames_sorted
494       && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
495     {
496       /* Append at the right end of tree.  */
497       while (*tree)
498 	tree = &((*tree)->right);
499       return tree;
500     }
501 
502   while (*tree)
503     {
504       /* Find the correct node to append this section.  */
505       if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
506 	tree = &((*tree)->left);
507       else
508 	tree = &((*tree)->right);
509     }
510 
511   return tree;
512 }
513 
514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections.  */
515 
516 static void
517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
518 			      struct wildcard_list *sec,
519 			      asection *section,
520 			      struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 			      lang_input_statement_type *file,
522 			      void *output)
523 {
524   lang_section_bst_type *node;
525   lang_section_bst_type **tree;
526   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
527 
528   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
529 
530   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
531     return;
532 
533   node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
534   node->left = 0;
535   node->right = 0;
536   node->section = section;
537 
538   tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
539   if (tree != NULL)
540     *tree = node;
541 }
542 
543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form.  */
544 
545 static void
546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
547 				      lang_section_bst_type *tree,
548 				      void *output)
549 {
550   if (tree->left)
551     output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
552 
553   lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
554 		    (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
555 
556   if (tree->right)
557     output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
558 
559   free (tree);
560 }
561 
562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
563    wildcards */
564 
565 static void
566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
568 				callback_t callback,
569 				void *data)
570 {
571   /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
572      But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
573      (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
574      we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
575      get processed in the bfd's order.  */
576   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
577   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
578   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
579 
580   if (multiple_sections_found)
581     walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
582   else if (s0)
583     walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
584 }
585 
586 static void
587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
588 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
589 				callback_t callback,
590 				void *data)
591 {
592   asection *s;
593   struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 
595   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
596     {
597       const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
598       bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
599 
600       if (!skip)
601 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
602     }
603 }
604 
605 static void
606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
607 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
608 				callback_t callback,
609 				void *data)
610 {
611   asection *s;
612   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
613   struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
614   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
615   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
616 
617   if (multiple_sections_found)
618     {
619       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
620       return;
621     }
622 
623   /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
624      we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below.  */
625   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626     {
627       /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
628 	 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
629 	 wildspec1.  */
630       if (s == s0)
631 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
632       else
633 	{
634 	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
635 	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
636 
637 	  if (!skip)
638 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
639 					data);
640 	}
641     }
642 }
643 
644 static void
645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
646 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
647 				callback_t callback,
648 				void *data)
649 {
650   asection *s;
651   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
652   struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
653   struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
654   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
655   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
656 
657   if (multiple_sections_found)
658     {
659       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
660       return;
661     }
662 
663   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
664     {
665       if (s == s0)
666 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
667       else
668 	{
669 	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
670 	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
671 
672 	  if (!skip)
673 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
674 	  else
675 	    {
676 	      skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
677 	      if (!skip)
678 		walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
679 					    data);
680 	    }
681 	}
682     }
683 }
684 
685 static void
686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
687 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
688 				callback_t callback,
689 				void *data)
690 {
691   asection *s;
692   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
693   struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
694   struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
695   struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
696   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
697   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
698 
699   if (multiple_sections_found)
700     {
701       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
702       return;
703     }
704 
705   s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
706   if (multiple_sections_found)
707     {
708       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709       return;
710     }
711 
712   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713     {
714       if (s == s0)
715 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716       else
717 	if (s == s1)
718 	  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
719 	else
720 	  {
721 	    const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
722 	    bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
723 						   sname);
724 
725 	    if (!skip)
726 	      walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
727 					  data);
728 	    else
729 	      {
730 		skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
731 		if (!skip)
732 		  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
733 					      callback, data);
734 	      }
735 	  }
736     }
737 }
738 
739 static void
740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
741 		   lang_input_statement_type *file,
742 		   callback_t callback,
743 		   void *data)
744 {
745   if (file->flags.just_syms)
746     return;
747 
748   (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
749 }
750 
751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
752    something name2 can match.  We're conservative: we return FALSE
753    only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
754    first wildcard character.  */
755 
756 static bfd_boolean
757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
758 {
759   size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
760   size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
761   size_t min_prefix_len;
762 
763   /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
764      terminating 0 as part of the prefix.  Thus ".text" won't match
765      ".text." or ".text.*", for example.  */
766   if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
767     prefix1_len++;
768   if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
769     prefix2_len++;
770 
771   min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
772 
773   return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
774 }
775 
776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
777    statements.  */
778 
779 static void
780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
781 {
782   int sec_count = 0;
783   int wild_name_count = 0;
784   struct wildcard_list *sec;
785   int signature;
786   int data_counter;
787 
788   ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
789   ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
790   ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
791   ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
792   ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
793   ptr->tree = NULL;
794 
795   /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
796      actually use wildcards in the name.  Also, bail out if any of the
797      wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
798      walk_wild_section used to test for it.)  And bail out if any
799      of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
800      ending in a single '*'.  */
801   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
802     {
803       ++sec_count;
804       if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
805 	return;
806       if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
807 	{
808 	  ++wild_name_count;
809 	  if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
810 	    return;
811 	}
812     }
813 
814   /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
815      happen in practice.  Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
816      happen in practice.  */
817   if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
818     return;
819 
820   /* Check that no two specs can match the same section.  */
821   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
822     {
823       struct wildcard_list *sec2;
824       for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
825 	{
826 	  if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
827 	    return;
828 	}
829     }
830 
831   signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
832   switch (signature)
833     {
834     case 0x0100:
835       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
836       break;
837     case 0x0101:
838       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
839       break;
840     case 0x0201:
841       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
842       break;
843     case 0x0302:
844       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
845       break;
846     case 0x0402:
847       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
848       break;
849     default:
850       return;
851     }
852 
853   /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
854      specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
855      names.  It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
856      given order, because we've already determined that no section
857      will match more than one spec.  */
858   data_counter = 0;
859   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
860     if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
861       ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
862   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
863     if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
864       ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
865 }
866 
867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F.  */
868 
869 static void
870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
871 		lang_input_statement_type *f,
872 		callback_t callback,
873 		void *data)
874 {
875   if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
876     return;
877 
878   if (f->the_bfd == NULL
879       || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
880     walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
881   else
882     {
883       bfd *member;
884 
885       /* This is an archive file.  We must map each member of the
886 	 archive separately.  */
887       member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
888       while (member != NULL)
889 	{
890 	  /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
891 	     entry point for the archive.  For each element of the
892 	     archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
893 	     which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
894 	     lang_input_statement.  */
895 	  if (member->usrdata != NULL)
896 	    {
897 	      walk_wild_section (s,
898 				 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
899 				 callback, data);
900 	    }
901 
902 	  member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
903 	}
904     }
905 }
906 
907 static void
908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
909 {
910   const char *file_spec = s->filename;
911   char *p;
912 
913   if (file_spec == NULL)
914     {
915       /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list.  */
916       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
917 	{
918 	  walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
919 	}
920     }
921   else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
922     {
923       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
924 	{
925 	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
926 	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
927 	}
928     }
929   else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
930     {
931       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
932 	{
933 	  if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
934 	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 	}
936     }
937   else
938     {
939       lang_input_statement_type *f;
940 
941       /* Perform the iteration over a single file.  */
942       f = lookup_name (file_spec);
943       if (f)
944 	walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945     }
946 }
947 
948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
949    function for each node, except those inside output section statements
950    with constraint set to -1.  */
951 
952 void
953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
954 				lang_statement_union_type *s)
955 {
956   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
957     {
958       func (s);
959 
960       switch (s->header.type)
961 	{
962 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
963 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
964 	  break;
965 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
966 	  if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
967 	    lang_for_each_statement_worker
968 	      (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
969 	  break;
970 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
971 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
972 					  s->wild_statement.children.head);
973 	  break;
974 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
975 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
976 					  s->group_statement.children.head);
977 	  break;
978 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
979 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
980 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
981 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
982 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
983 	case lang_input_section_enum:
984 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
985 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
986 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
987 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
988 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
989 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
990 	  break;
991 	default:
992 	  FAIL ();
993 	  break;
994 	}
995     }
996 }
997 
998 void
999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1000 {
1001   lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1002 }
1003 
1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1005 
1006 void
1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1008 {
1009   list->head = NULL;
1010   list->tail = &list->head;
1011 }
1012 
1013 void
1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1015 {
1016   if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1017     abort ();
1018   *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1019   stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1020 }
1021 
1022 void
1023 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1024 {
1025   if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1026     abort ();
1027   stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1028 }
1029 
1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree.  */
1031 
1032 static lang_statement_union_type *
1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1034 	       size_t size,
1035 	       lang_statement_list_type *list)
1036 {
1037   lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1038 
1039   new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1040   new_stmt->header.type = type;
1041   new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1042   lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1043   return new_stmt;
1044 }
1045 
1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language.  There are several
1047    ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1048    or prefix it with a -l etc.
1049 
1050    We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1051    they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1052    foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1053    got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd.  */
1054 
1055 static lang_input_statement_type *
1056 new_afile (const char *name,
1057 	   lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1058 	   const char *target,
1059 	   bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1060 {
1061   lang_input_statement_type *p;
1062 
1063   lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1064 
1065   if (add_to_list)
1066     p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1067   else
1068     {
1069       p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1070 	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1071       p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1072       p->header.next = NULL;
1073     }
1074 
1075   memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1076 	  sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1077   p->target = target;
1078   p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1079   p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1080   p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1081   p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1082   p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1083 
1084   switch (file_type)
1085     {
1086     case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1087       p->filename = name;
1088       p->local_sym_name = name;
1089       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1090       p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1091       break;
1092     case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1093       p->filename = name;
1094       p->local_sym_name = name;
1095       break;
1096     case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1097       if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1098 	{
1099 	  p->filename = name + 1;
1100 	  p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1101 	}
1102       else
1103 	p->filename = name;
1104       p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1105       p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1106       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1107       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1108       break;
1109     case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1110       p->filename = name;
1111       p->local_sym_name = name;
1112       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1113       break;
1114     case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1115       p->filename = name;
1116       p->local_sym_name = name;
1117       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1119       break;
1120     case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1121       p->filename = name;
1122       p->local_sym_name = name;
1123       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1124       break;
1125     default:
1126       FAIL ();
1127     }
1128 
1129   lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1130 			 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1131 			 &p->next_real_file);
1132   return p;
1133 }
1134 
1135 lang_input_statement_type *
1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1137 		     lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1138 		     const char *target)
1139 {
1140   if (name != NULL
1141       && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1142     {
1143       lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1144       char *sysrooted_name
1145 	= concat (ld_sysroot,
1146 		  name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1147 		  (const char *) NULL);
1148 
1149       /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1150 	 file independent of the context.  Therefore, temporarily
1151 	 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1152 	 get the sysroot prepended again when opened.  (N.B. if it's a
1153 	 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1154 	 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1155 	 within the sysroot subdirectory.)  */
1156       unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1157       input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1158       ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1159       input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1160       return ret;
1161     }
1162 
1163   return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1164 }
1165 
1166 struct out_section_hash_entry
1167 {
1168   struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1169   lang_statement_union_type s;
1170 };
1171 
1172 /* The hash table.  */
1173 
1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1175 
1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1177    initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table.  */
1178 
1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1181 				  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1182 				  const char *string)
1183 {
1184   lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1185   struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1186 
1187   if (entry == NULL)
1188     {
1189       entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1190 							   sizeof (*ret));
1191       if (entry == NULL)
1192 	return entry;
1193     }
1194 
1195   entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1196   if (entry == NULL)
1197     return entry;
1198 
1199   ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1200   memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1201   ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1202   ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
1203   ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
1204   ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1205   lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1206   lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1207 
1208   /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1209      first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1210      field of the last element of the list.  */
1211   if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1212     ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1213       = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1214 	 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1215 	  - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1216 
1217   /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1218      address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1219      instead.  */
1220   nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1221   lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1222 			 &ret->s,
1223 			 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1224   return &ret->root;
1225 }
1226 
1227 static void
1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1229 {
1230   if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1231 			      output_section_statement_newfunc,
1232 			      sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1233 			      61))
1234     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1235 }
1236 
1237 static void
1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1239 {
1240   bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1241 }
1242 
1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree.  */
1244 
1245 void
1246 lang_init (void)
1247 {
1248   obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1249 
1250   stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1251 
1252   output_section_statement_table_init ();
1253 
1254   lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1255 
1256   lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1257   lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1258   lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1259   first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1260 				    NULL);
1261   abs_output_section =
1262     lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1263 
1264   abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1265 
1266   asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1267   asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1268 }
1269 
1270 void
1271 lang_finish (void)
1272 {
1273   output_section_statement_table_free ();
1274 }
1275 
1276 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1277   A region is an area of memory declared with the
1278   MEMORY {  name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1279   syntax.
1280 
1281   We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1282 
1283   If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1284   which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1285 
1286   If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1287   In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1288   already been created.  If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1289   dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1290   and so we issue a warning.
1291 
1292   Each region has at least one name.  The first name is either
1293   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block.  You can add
1294   alias names to an existing region within a script with
1295   REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name).  Each name corresponds to at most one
1296   region.  */
1297 
1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1300   = &lang_memory_region_list;
1301 
1302 lang_memory_region_type *
1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1304 {
1305   lang_memory_region_name *n;
1306   lang_memory_region_type *r;
1307   lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1308 
1309   /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified.  */
1310   if (name == NULL)
1311     return NULL;
1312 
1313   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1314     for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1315       if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1316 	{
1317 	  if (create)
1318 	    einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1319 		   NULL, name);
1320 	  return r;
1321 	}
1322 
1323   if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1324     einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1325 	   NULL, name);
1326 
1327   new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1328       stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1329 
1330   new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1331   new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1332   new_region->next = NULL;
1333   new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1334   new_region->origin = 0;
1335   new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1336   new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1337   new_region->current = 0;
1338   new_region->last_os = NULL;
1339   new_region->flags = 0;
1340   new_region->not_flags = 0;
1341   new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1342 
1343   *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1344   lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1345 
1346   return new_region;
1347 }
1348 
1349 void
1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1351 {
1352   lang_memory_region_name *n;
1353   lang_memory_region_type *r;
1354   lang_memory_region_type *region;
1355 
1356   /* The default region must be unique.  This ensures that it is not necessary
1357      to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1358      the default memory region.  */
1359   if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1360       || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1361     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1362 
1363   /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1364      in use.  */
1365   region = NULL;
1366   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1367     for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1368       {
1369 	if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1370 	  region = r;
1371 	if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1372 	  einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: redefinition of memory region "
1373 		   "alias `%s'\n"),
1374 		 NULL, alias);
1375       }
1376 
1377   /* Check if the target region exists.  */
1378   if (region == NULL)
1379     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: memory region `%s' "
1380 	     "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1381 	   NULL, region_name, alias);
1382 
1383   /* Add alias to region name list.  */
1384   n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1385   n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1386   n->next = region->name_list.next;
1387   region->name_list.next = n;
1388 }
1389 
1390 static lang_memory_region_type *
1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1392 {
1393   lang_memory_region_type *p;
1394 
1395   flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1396 
1397   /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section.  */
1398   if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1399     sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1400 
1401   for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1402     {
1403       if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1404 	  && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1405 	{
1406 	  return p;
1407 	}
1408     }
1409   return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1410 }
1411 
1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata.  */
1413 
1414 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1416 {
1417   return get_userdata (output_section);
1418 }
1419 
1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1421    If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1422    match any non-negative constraint.  If CREATE, always make a
1423    new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT.  */
1424 
1425 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1427 				      int constraint,
1428 				      bfd_boolean create)
1429 {
1430   struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1431 
1432   entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1433 	   bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1434 			    create, FALSE));
1435   if (entry == NULL)
1436     {
1437       if (create)
1438 	einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1439       return NULL;
1440     }
1441 
1442   if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1443     {
1444       /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1445 	 constraint.  */
1446       struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1447 
1448       name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1449       if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1450 	/* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1451 	   and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1452 	   but that shouldn't matter.  */
1453 	last_ent = entry;
1454       else
1455 	do
1456 	  {
1457 	    if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1458 		|| (constraint == 0
1459 		    && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1460 	      return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1461 	    last_ent = entry;
1462 	    entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1463 	  }
1464 	while (entry != NULL
1465 	       && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1466 
1467       if (!create)
1468 	return NULL;
1469 
1470       entry
1471 	= ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1472 	   output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1473 					     &output_section_statement_table,
1474 					     name));
1475       if (entry == NULL)
1476 	{
1477 	  einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1478 	  return NULL;
1479 	}
1480       entry->root = last_ent->root;
1481       last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1482     }
1483 
1484   entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1485   entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1486   return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1487 }
1488 
1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1490    If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1491    match any non-negative constraint.  */
1492 
1493 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1495 					int constraint)
1496 {
1497   /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1498      struct out_section_hash_entry.  */
1499   struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1500     ((char *) os
1501      - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1502   const char *name = os->name;
1503 
1504   ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1505   do
1506     {
1507       entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508       if (entry == NULL
1509 	  || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1510 	return NULL;
1511     }
1512   while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1513 	 && (constraint != 0
1514 	     || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1515 
1516   return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1517 }
1518 
1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1520    Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1521    statement for SEC.  If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1522    sets *EXACT too.  */
1523 
1524 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1526 				   flagword sec_flags,
1527 				   lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1528 				   lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1529 {
1530   lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1531   flagword look_flags, differ;
1532 
1533   /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*.  May as well
1534      skip it.  */
1535   first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1536   first = first->next;
1537 
1538   /* First try for an exact match.  */
1539   found = NULL;
1540   for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1541     {
1542       look_flags = look->flags;
1543       if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1544 	{
1545 	  look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1546 	  if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1547 					 look->bfd_section,
1548 					 sec->owner, sec))
1549 	    continue;
1550 	}
1551       differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1552       if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1553 		      | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1554 	found = look;
1555     }
1556   if (found != NULL)
1557     {
1558       if (exact != NULL)
1559 	*exact = found;
1560       return found;
1561     }
1562 
1563   if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1564       && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1565     {
1566       /* Try for a rw code section.  */
1567       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1568 	{
1569 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1570 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1571 	    {
1572 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1573 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1574 					     look->bfd_section,
1575 					     sec->owner, sec))
1576 		continue;
1577 	    }
1578 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1579 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1580 			  | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1581 	    found = look;
1582 	}
1583     }
1584   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1585 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586     {
1587       /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata.  */
1588       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1589 	{
1590 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1591 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1592 	    {
1593 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1594 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1595 					     look->bfd_section,
1596 					     sec->owner, sec))
1597 		continue;
1598 	    }
1599 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1600 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1601 			  | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1602 	      || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 			      | SEC_READONLY))
1604 		  && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1605 	    found = look;
1606 	}
1607     }
1608   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1609 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610     {
1611       /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata.  Treat .tbss
1612 	 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type.  */
1613       bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1614 
1615       match_type = NULL;
1616       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1617 	{
1618 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1619 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1620 	    look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1621 
1622 	  differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1623 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1624 	    {
1625 	      /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order.  */
1626 	      if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1627 		  && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1628 		/* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1629 		   a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1630 		   previous section.  */
1631 		break;
1632 	      found = look;
1633 	      seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1634 	    }
1635 	  else if (seen_thread_local)
1636 	    break;
1637 	  else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1638 	    found = look;
1639 	}
1640     }
1641   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1642 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643     {
1644       /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata.  */
1645       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 	{
1647 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1648 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 	    {
1650 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 					     look->bfd_section,
1653 					     sec->owner, sec))
1654 		continue;
1655 	    }
1656 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 			  | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1659 	      || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1660 		  && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1661 	    found = look;
1662 	}
1663     }
1664   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1665 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666     {
1667       /* .data goes after .rodata.  */
1668       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 	{
1670 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1671 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 	    {
1673 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 					     look->bfd_section,
1676 					     sec->owner, sec))
1677 		continue;
1678 	    }
1679 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 			  | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1682 	    found = look;
1683 	}
1684     }
1685   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686     {
1687       /* .bss goes after any other alloc section.  */
1688       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 	{
1690 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1691 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 	    {
1693 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 					     look->bfd_section,
1696 					     sec->owner, sec))
1697 		continue;
1698 	    }
1699 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 	  if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1701 	    found = look;
1702 	}
1703     }
1704   else
1705     {
1706       /* non-alloc go last.  */
1707       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 	{
1709 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1710 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 	    look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1712 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1713 	  if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1714 	    found = look;
1715 	}
1716       return found;
1717     }
1718 
1719   if (found || !match_type)
1720     return found;
1721 
1722   return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1723 }
1724 
1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1726    Used by place_orphan.  */
1727 
1728 static asection *
1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1730 {
1731   lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1732 
1733   for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1734     {
1735       if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1736 	continue;
1737 
1738       if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1739 	return lookup->bfd_section;
1740     }
1741 
1742   return NULL;
1743 }
1744 
1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement.  The
1746    idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1747    statement in a script, before we find another output section
1748    statement.  Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1749    are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases;  The first
1750    assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1751    Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1752    similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1753    insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1754    image symbols.  */
1755 
1756 static lang_statement_union_type **
1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1758 {
1759   lang_statement_union_type **where;
1760   lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1761   bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1762 
1763   ignore_first
1764     = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1765 
1766   for (where = &after->header.next;
1767        *where != NULL;
1768        where = &(*where)->header.next)
1769     {
1770       switch ((*where)->header.type)
1771 	{
1772 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1773 	  if (assign == NULL)
1774 	    {
1775 	      lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1776 
1777 	      ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1778 	      if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1779 		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1780 		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1781 		  && !ignore_first)
1782 		assign = where;
1783 	    }
1784 	  ignore_first = FALSE;
1785 	  continue;
1786 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1787 	case lang_input_section_enum:
1788 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1789 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1790 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
1791 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1792 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1793 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1794 	  assign = NULL;
1795 	  continue;
1796 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1797 	  if (assign != NULL)
1798 	    {
1799 	      asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1800 
1801 	      if (s == NULL
1802 		  || s->map_head.s == NULL
1803 		  || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1804 		where = assign;
1805 	    }
1806 	  break;
1807 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
1808 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
1809 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
1810 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
1811 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
1812 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1813 	  continue;
1814 	}
1815       break;
1816     }
1817 
1818   return where;
1819 }
1820 
1821 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1822 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1823 		    const char *secname,
1824 		    int constraint,
1825 		    lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1826 		    struct orphan_save *place,
1827 		    etree_type *address,
1828 		    lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1829 {
1830   lang_statement_list_type add;
1831   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1832   lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1833 
1834   /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1835      statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1836      inserting them later into the global statement list.  */
1837   if (after != NULL)
1838     {
1839       lang_list_init (&add);
1840       push_stat_ptr (&add);
1841     }
1842 
1843   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1844       || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1845     address = exp_intop (0);
1846 
1847   os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1848 	     lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1849   os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1850 					    NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1851 
1852   if (add_child == NULL)
1853     add_child = &os->children;
1854   lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1855 
1856   if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1857     {
1858       const char *region = (after->region
1859 			    ? after->region->name_list.name
1860 			    : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1861       const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1862 				? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1863 				: NULL);
1864       lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1865 					   lma_region);
1866     }
1867   else
1868     lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1869 					 NULL);
1870 
1871   /* Restore the global list pointer.  */
1872   if (after != NULL)
1873     pop_stat_ptr ();
1874 
1875   if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1876     {
1877       asection *snew, *as;
1878 
1879       snew = os->bfd_section;
1880 
1881       /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1882 	 neater.  This is really only cosmetic.  */
1883       if (place->section == NULL
1884 	  && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1885 		       ->output_section_statement))
1886 	{
1887 	  asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1888 
1889 	  /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1890 	     sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1891 	     look for the closest prior output statement having an
1892 	     output section.  */
1893 	  if (bfd_section == NULL)
1894 	    bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1895 
1896 	  if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1897 	    place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1898 	}
1899 
1900       if (place->section == NULL)
1901 	place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1902 
1903       as = *place->section;
1904 
1905       if (!as)
1906 	{
1907 	  /* Put the section at the end of the list.  */
1908 
1909 	  /* Unlink the section.  */
1910 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1911 
1912 	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1913 	  bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1914 	}
1915       else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1916 	{
1917 	  /* Unlink the section.  */
1918 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1919 
1920 	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1921 	  bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1922 	}
1923 
1924       /* Save the end of this list.  Further ophans of this type will
1925 	 follow the one we've just added.  */
1926       place->section = &snew->next;
1927 
1928       /* The following is non-cosmetic.  We try to put the output
1929 	 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1930 	 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1931 	 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1932 	 require extra segments.  For instance, given a typical
1933 	 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1934 	 following that a segment containing all the read-write
1935 	 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1936 	 section before or amongst the read-only ones.  */
1937       if (add.head != NULL)
1938 	{
1939 	  lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1940 
1941 	  if (place->stmt == NULL)
1942 	    {
1943 	      lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1944 
1945 	      *add.tail = *where;
1946 	      *where = add.head;
1947 
1948 	      place->os_tail = &after->next;
1949 	    }
1950 	  else
1951 	    {
1952 	      /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added.  */
1953 	      *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1954 	      *place->stmt = add.head;
1955 	    }
1956 
1957 	  /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1958 	     new list at the tail.  */
1959 	  if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1960 	    stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1961 
1962 	  /* Save the end of this list.  */
1963 	  place->stmt = add.tail;
1964 
1965 	  /* Do the same for the list of output section statements.  */
1966 	  newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1967 	  *os_tail = NULL;
1968 	  newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1969 	    ((char *) place->os_tail
1970 	     - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
1971 	  newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
1972 	  if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
1973 	    newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
1974 	  *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
1975 	  place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
1976 
1977 	  /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
1978 	     We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
1979 	     trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
1980 	     assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
1981 	     the same place when assigning *place->os_tail.  */
1982 	  if (*os_tail == NULL)
1983 	    lang_output_section_statement.tail
1984 	      = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
1985 	}
1986     }
1987   return os;
1988 }
1989 
1990 static void
1991 lang_print_asneeded (void)
1992 {
1993   struct asneeded_minfo *m;
1994 
1995   if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
1996     return;
1997 
1998   minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
1999 
2000   for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2001     {
2002       size_t len;
2003 
2004       minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2005       len = strlen (m->soname);
2006 
2007       if (len >= 29)
2008 	{
2009 	  print_nl ();
2010 	  len = 0;
2011 	}
2012       while (len < 30)
2013 	{
2014 	  print_space ();
2015 	  ++len;
2016 	}
2017 
2018       if (m->ref != NULL)
2019 	minfo ("%B ", m->ref);
2020       minfo ("(%T)\n", m->name);
2021     }
2022 }
2023 
2024 static void
2025 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2026 {
2027   if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2028     minfo ("a");
2029 
2030   if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2031     minfo ("x");
2032 
2033   if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2034     minfo ("r");
2035 
2036   if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2037     minfo ("w");
2038 
2039   if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2040     minfo ("l");
2041 }
2042 
2043 void
2044 lang_map (void)
2045 {
2046   lang_memory_region_type *m;
2047   bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2048 
2049   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2050     {
2051       asection *s;
2052 
2053       if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2054 	  || file->flags.just_syms)
2055 	continue;
2056 
2057       for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2058 	if ((s->output_section == NULL
2059 	     || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2060 	    && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2061 	  {
2062 	    if (!dis_header_printed)
2063 	      {
2064 		fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2065 		dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2066 	      }
2067 
2068 	    print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2069 	  }
2070     }
2071 
2072   minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2073   fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2074 	   _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2075 
2076   for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2077     {
2078       char buf[100];
2079       int len;
2080 
2081       fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2082 
2083       sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2084       minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2085       len = strlen (buf);
2086       while (len < 16)
2087 	{
2088 	  print_space ();
2089 	  ++len;
2090 	}
2091 
2092       minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2093       if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2094 	{
2095 #ifndef BFD64
2096 	  minfo ("        ");
2097 #endif
2098 	  if (m->flags)
2099 	    {
2100 	      print_space ();
2101 	      lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2102 	    }
2103 
2104 	  if (m->not_flags)
2105 	    {
2106 	      minfo (" !");
2107 	      lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2108 	    }
2109 	}
2110 
2111       print_nl ();
2112     }
2113 
2114   fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2115 
2116   if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2117     {
2118       obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2119       bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2120     }
2121   lang_statement_iteration++;
2122   print_statements ();
2123 
2124   ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2125 			      config.map_file);
2126 }
2127 
2128 static bfd_boolean
2129 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2130 		 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2131 {
2132   if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2133        || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2134       && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2135       && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2136     {
2137       input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2138       struct map_symbol_def *def;
2139 
2140       ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2141 	    get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2142       if (!ud)
2143 	{
2144 	  ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2145 	  get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2146 	  ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2147 	  ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2148 	}
2149       else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2150 	ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2151 
2152       def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2153       def->entry = hash_entry;
2154       *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2155       ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2156       ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2157     }
2158   return TRUE;
2159 }
2160 
2161 /* Initialize an output section.  */
2162 
2163 static void
2164 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2165 {
2166   if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2167     einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2168 
2169   if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2170     s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2171   if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2172     s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2173 							 s->name, flags);
2174   if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2175     {
2176       einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section"
2177 	       " called %s: %E\n"),
2178 	     link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2179     }
2180   s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2181   s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2182 
2183   /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2184      statement to avoid lookup.  */
2185   get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2186 
2187   /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2188      mention are initialized.  */
2189   if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2190     exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2191 
2192   if (s->load_base != NULL)
2193     exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2194 
2195   /* If supplied an alignment, set it.  */
2196   if (s->section_alignment != -1)
2197     s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
2198 }
2199 
2200 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2201    initialized.  */
2202 
2203 static void
2204 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2205 {
2206   switch (exp->type.node_class)
2207     {
2208     case etree_assign:
2209     case etree_provide:
2210     case etree_provided:
2211       exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2212       break;
2213 
2214     case etree_binary:
2215       exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2216       exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2217       break;
2218 
2219     case etree_trinary:
2220       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2221       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2222       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2223       break;
2224 
2225     case etree_assert:
2226       exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2227       break;
2228 
2229     case etree_unary:
2230       exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2231       break;
2232 
2233     case etree_name:
2234       switch (exp->type.node_code)
2235 	{
2236 	case ADDR:
2237 	case LOADADDR:
2238 	case SIZEOF:
2239 	  {
2240 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2241 
2242 	    os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2243 	    if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2244 	      init_os (os, 0);
2245 	  }
2246 	}
2247       break;
2248 
2249     default:
2250       break;
2251     }
2252 }
2253 
2254 static void
2255 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2256 {
2257   lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2258 
2259   /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2260      discard all sections.  */
2261   if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2262     {
2263       bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2264       return;
2265     }
2266 
2267   /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections.  */
2268   if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2269       && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2270       && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2271     sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2272 
2273   if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2274     bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2275 }
2276 
2277 
2278 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2279    section flags, otherwise returns false.  */
2280 
2281 static bfd_boolean
2282 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2283 {
2284   bfd_boolean discard;
2285   flagword flags = section->flags;
2286 
2287   /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
2288   discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2289 
2290   /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2291      sections from within the group.  */
2292   if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2293       && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2294     discard = TRUE;
2295 
2296   /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2297      information.  */
2298   if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2299       && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2300     discard = TRUE;
2301 
2302   return discard;
2303 }
2304 
2305 /* The wild routines.
2306 
2307    These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2308    explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2309    foo.o(.text, .data).  */
2310 
2311 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT.  Do this by creating a
2312    lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR.  */
2313 
2314 void
2315 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2316 		  asection *section,
2317 		  struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2318 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2319 {
2320   flagword flags = section->flags;
2321 
2322   bfd_boolean discard;
2323   lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2324   bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2325 
2326   /* Is this section one we know should be discarded?  */
2327   discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2328 
2329   /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2330      DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.  */
2331   if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2332     discard = TRUE;
2333 
2334   if (discard)
2335     {
2336       if (section->output_section == NULL)
2337 	{
2338 	  /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section.  */
2339 	  section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2340 	}
2341       return;
2342     }
2343 
2344   if (sflag_info)
2345     {
2346       bfd_boolean keep;
2347 
2348       keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2349       if (!keep)
2350 	return;
2351     }
2352 
2353   if (section->output_section != NULL)
2354     return;
2355 
2356   /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2357      to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2358      SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2359      section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2360      build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2361      the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill.  */
2362   flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2363 
2364   /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2365      already been processed.  One reason to do this is that on pe
2366      format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2367      to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set.  */
2368   if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2369     {
2370       if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2371 	flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2372       else
2373 	flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2374     }
2375   else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2376     flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2377 
2378   switch (output->sectype)
2379     {
2380     case normal_section:
2381     case overlay_section:
2382       break;
2383     case noalloc_section:
2384       flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2385       break;
2386     case noload_section:
2387       flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2388       flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2389       /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2390 	 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts.  ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2391 	 alloc, no contents section.  All others get a noload, noalloc
2392 	 section.  */
2393       if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2394 	flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2395       else
2396 	flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2397       break;
2398     }
2399 
2400   if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2401     init_os (output, flags);
2402 
2403   /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2404      it from the output section.  */
2405   output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2406 
2407   if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2408     {
2409       /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section.  */
2410       flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2411 
2412       /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same.  */
2413       if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2414 	  != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2415 	  || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2416 	      && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2417 	{
2418 	  output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2419 	  flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2420 	}
2421     }
2422   output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2423 
2424   if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2425     {
2426       output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2427       /* This must happen after flags have been updated.  The output
2428 	 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2429 	 section, eg. for a data statement.  */
2430       bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2431 				     link_info.output_bfd,
2432 				     output->bfd_section,
2433 				     &link_info);
2434       if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2435 	output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2436     }
2437 
2438   if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2439       && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2440     {
2441       /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd...  */
2442       output->block_value = 128;
2443     }
2444 
2445   if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2446     output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2447 
2448   section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2449 
2450   if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2451     {
2452       asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2453       output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2454       section->map_head.s = NULL;
2455       section->map_tail.s = s;
2456       if (s != NULL)
2457 	s->map_head.s = section;
2458       else
2459 	output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2460     }
2461 
2462   /* Add a section reference to the list.  */
2463   new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2464   new_section->section = section;
2465 }
2466 
2467 /* Handle wildcard sorting.  This returns the lang_input_section which
2468    should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2469    based on the sorting requirements of WILD.  It returns NULL if the
2470    new section should just go at the end of the current list.  */
2471 
2472 static lang_statement_union_type *
2473 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2474 	   struct wildcard_list *sec,
2475 	   lang_input_statement_type *file,
2476 	   asection *section)
2477 {
2478   lang_statement_union_type *l;
2479 
2480   if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2481       && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2482     return NULL;
2483 
2484   for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2485     {
2486       lang_input_section_type *ls;
2487 
2488       if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2489 	continue;
2490       ls = &l->input_section;
2491 
2492       /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2493 	 name.  */
2494 
2495       if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2496 	{
2497 	  const char *fn, *ln;
2498 	  bfd_boolean fa, la;
2499 	  int i;
2500 
2501 	  /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2502 	     dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2503 	     the archive and then the name of the file within the
2504 	     archive.  */
2505 
2506 	  if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2507 	      && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2508 	    {
2509 	      fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2510 	      fa = TRUE;
2511 	    }
2512 	  else
2513 	    {
2514 	      fn = file->filename;
2515 	      fa = FALSE;
2516 	    }
2517 
2518 	  if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2519 	    {
2520 	      ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2521 	      la = TRUE;
2522 	    }
2523 	  else
2524 	    {
2525 	      ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2526 	      la = FALSE;
2527 	    }
2528 
2529 	  i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2530 	  if (i > 0)
2531 	    continue;
2532 	  else if (i < 0)
2533 	    break;
2534 
2535 	  if (fa || la)
2536 	    {
2537 	      if (fa)
2538 		fn = file->filename;
2539 	      if (la)
2540 		ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2541 
2542 	      i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2543 	      if (i > 0)
2544 		continue;
2545 	      else if (i < 0)
2546 		break;
2547 	    }
2548 	}
2549 
2550       /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2551 	 looking at the sections for this file.  */
2552 
2553       if (sec != NULL
2554 	  && sec->spec.sorted != none
2555 	  && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2556 	if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2557 	  break;
2558     }
2559 
2560   return l;
2561 }
2562 
2563 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE.  SECTION may be
2564    NULL, in which case it is a wild card.  */
2565 
2566 static void
2567 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2568 			 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2569 			 asection *section,
2570 			 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2571 			 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2572 			 void *output)
2573 {
2574   lang_statement_union_type *before;
2575   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2576 
2577   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2578 
2579   /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2580   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2581     return;
2582 
2583   before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2584 
2585   /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2586      should follow the one we are about to add.  If BEFORE
2587      is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2588      of the current list.  */
2589 
2590   if (before == NULL)
2591     lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2592   else
2593     {
2594       lang_statement_list_type list;
2595       lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2596 
2597       lang_list_init (&list);
2598       lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2599 
2600       /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2601 	 be NULL.  */
2602       if (list.head != NULL)
2603 	{
2604 	  ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2605 
2606 	  for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2607 	       *pp != before;
2608 	       pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2609 	    ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2610 
2611 	  list.head->header.next = *pp;
2612 	  *pp = list.head;
2613 	}
2614     }
2615 }
2616 
2617 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2618    are readonly.  */
2619 
2620 static void
2621 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 			struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 			asection *section,
2624 			struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2625 			lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2626 			void *output)
2627 {
2628   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2629 
2630   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2631 
2632   /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2633   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2634     return;
2635 
2636   if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2637     os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2638 }
2639 
2640 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2641    added to the statement tree.  We will see if it has been opened
2642    already and had its symbols read.  If not then we'll read it.  */
2643 
2644 static lang_input_statement_type *
2645 lookup_name (const char *name)
2646 {
2647   lang_input_statement_type *search;
2648 
2649   for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2650        search != NULL;
2651        search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2652     {
2653       /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2654 	 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2655 	 via the search directory lookup mechanism.  */
2656       const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2657 
2658       if (filename != NULL
2659 	  && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2660 	break;
2661     }
2662 
2663   if (search == NULL)
2664     search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2665 			default_target, FALSE);
2666 
2667   /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2668      don't add this file.  */
2669   if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2670     return search;
2671 
2672   if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2673     return NULL;
2674 
2675   return search;
2676 }
2677 
2678 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported.  */
2679 
2680 struct excluded_lib
2681 {
2682   char *name;
2683   struct excluded_lib *next;
2684 };
2685 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2686 
2687 void
2688 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2689 {
2690   const char *p = list, *end;
2691 
2692   while (*p != '\0')
2693     {
2694       struct excluded_lib *entry;
2695       end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2696       if (end == NULL)
2697 	end = p + strlen (p);
2698       entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2699       entry->next = excluded_libs;
2700       entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2701       memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2702       entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2703       excluded_libs = entry;
2704       if (*end == '\0')
2705 	break;
2706       p = end + 1;
2707     }
2708 }
2709 
2710 static void
2711 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2712 {
2713   struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2714 
2715   while (lib)
2716     {
2717       int len = strlen (lib->name);
2718       const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2719 
2720       if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2721 	{
2722 	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2723 	  return;
2724 	}
2725 
2726       if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2727 	  && (filename[len] == '\0'
2728 	      || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2729 		  && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2730 	{
2731 	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2732 	  return;
2733 	}
2734 
2735       lib = lib->next;
2736     }
2737 }
2738 
2739 /* Get the symbols for an input file.  */
2740 
2741 bfd_boolean
2742 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2743 	      lang_statement_list_type *place)
2744 {
2745   char **matching;
2746 
2747   if (entry->flags.loaded)
2748     return TRUE;
2749 
2750   ldfile_open_file (entry);
2751 
2752   /* Do not process further if the file was missing.  */
2753   if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2754     return TRUE;
2755 
2756   if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2757       && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2758     {
2759       bfd_error_type err;
2760       struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2761       extern FILE *yyin;
2762 
2763       err = bfd_get_error ();
2764 
2765       /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge.  */
2766       if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2767 	return TRUE;
2768 
2769       if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2770 	{
2771 	  char **p;
2772 
2773 	  einfo (_("%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2774 	  einfo (_("%B: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2775 	  for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2776 	    einfo (" %s", *p);
2777 	  einfo ("%F\n");
2778 	}
2779       else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2780 	       || place == NULL)
2781 	einfo (_("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2782 
2783       bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2784       entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2785 
2786       /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script.  */
2787       save_flags = input_flags;
2788       ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2789 
2790       push_stat_ptr (place);
2791       input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2792 	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2793       input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2794 	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2795       input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2796       input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2797 
2798       ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2799       parser_input = input_script;
2800       yyparse ();
2801       ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2802 
2803       /* missing_file is sticky.  sysrooted will already have been
2804 	 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2805 	 again.  */
2806       save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2807       input_flags = save_flags;
2808       pop_stat_ptr ();
2809       fclose (yyin);
2810       yyin = NULL;
2811       entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2812 
2813       return TRUE;
2814     }
2815 
2816   if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2817     return TRUE;
2818 
2819   /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive.  Instead, the
2820      add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2821      add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2822      which is used.  */
2823   switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2824     {
2825     default:
2826       break;
2827 
2828     case bfd_object:
2829       if (!entry->flags.reload)
2830 	ldlang_add_file (entry);
2831       if (trace_files || verbose)
2832 	info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
2833       break;
2834 
2835     case bfd_archive:
2836       check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2837 
2838       if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2839 	{
2840 	  bfd *member = NULL;
2841 	  bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2842 
2843 	  for (;;)
2844 	    {
2845 	      bfd *subsbfd;
2846 	      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2847 
2848 	      if (member == NULL)
2849 		break;
2850 
2851 	      if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2852 		{
2853 		  einfo (_("%F%B: member %B in archive is not an object\n"),
2854 			 entry->the_bfd, member);
2855 		  loaded = FALSE;
2856 		}
2857 
2858 	      subsbfd = member;
2859 	      if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2860 		    ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2861 					    "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2862 		abort ();
2863 
2864 	      /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2865 		 substitute BFD for us.  */
2866 	      if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2867 		{
2868 		  einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
2869 		  loaded = FALSE;
2870 		}
2871 	    }
2872 
2873 	  entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
2874 	  return loaded;
2875 	}
2876       break;
2877     }
2878 
2879   if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2880     entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2881   else
2882     einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2883 
2884   return entry->flags.loaded;
2885 }
2886 
2887 /* Handle a wild statement.  S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2888    may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard.  Separate
2889    lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2890    expansion; they are added after the wild statement S.  OUTPUT is
2891    the output section.  */
2892 
2893 static void
2894 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2895       const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2896       lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2897 {
2898   struct wildcard_list *sec;
2899 
2900   if (s->handler_data[0]
2901       && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2902       && !s->filenames_sorted)
2903     {
2904       lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2905 
2906       walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2907 
2908       tree = s->tree;
2909       if (tree)
2910 	{
2911 	  output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2912 	  s->tree = NULL;
2913 	}
2914     }
2915   else
2916     walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2917 
2918   if (default_common_section == NULL)
2919     for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2920       if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2921 	{
2922 	  /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2923 	     later get something which doesn't know where to put it.  */
2924 	  default_common_section = output;
2925 	  break;
2926 	}
2927 }
2928 
2929 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target.  */
2930 
2931 static int
2932 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2933 {
2934   const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2935 
2936   return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2937 }
2938 
2939 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well.  */
2940 
2941 static void
2942 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2943 {
2944   char c;
2945 
2946   while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2947     *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2948 
2949   *dest = 0;
2950 }
2951 
2952 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2953    from haystack.  */
2954 
2955 static void
2956 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2957 {
2958   haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2959 
2960   if (haystack)
2961     {
2962       char *src;
2963 
2964       for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2965 	*haystack++ = *src++;
2966 
2967       *haystack = 0;
2968     }
2969 }
2970 
2971 /* Compare two target format name strings.
2972    Return a value indicating how "similar" they are.  */
2973 
2974 static int
2975 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2976 {
2977   char *copy1;
2978   char *copy2;
2979   int result;
2980 
2981   copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2982   copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2983 
2984   /* Convert the names to lower case.  */
2985   stricpy (copy1, first);
2986   stricpy (copy2, second);
2987 
2988   /* Remove size and endian strings from the name.  */
2989   strcut (copy1, "big");
2990   strcut (copy1, "little");
2991   strcut (copy2, "big");
2992   strcut (copy2, "little");
2993 
2994   /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2995      starting from the beginning.   If both strings are
2996      the same then return 10 * their length.  */
2997   for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
2998     if (copy1[result] == 0)
2999       {
3000 	result *= 10;
3001 	break;
3002       }
3003 
3004   free (copy1);
3005   free (copy2);
3006 
3007   return result;
3008 }
3009 
3010 /* Set by closest_target_match() below.  */
3011 static const bfd_target *winner;
3012 
3013 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3014    requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3015    match to the original output target.  */
3016 
3017 static int
3018 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3019 {
3020   const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3021 
3022   if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3023       && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3024     return 0;
3025 
3026   if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3027       && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3028     return 0;
3029 
3030   /* Must be the same flavour.  */
3031   if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3032     return 0;
3033 
3034   /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors.  */
3035   if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3036       || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3037       || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3038       || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3039     return 0;
3040 
3041   /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one.  */
3042   if (winner == NULL)
3043     {
3044       winner = target;
3045       return 0;
3046     }
3047 
3048   /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3049      Compare their names and choose the better one.  */
3050   if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3051       > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3052     winner = target;
3053 
3054   /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all.  */
3055   return 0;
3056 }
3057 
3058 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file.  */
3059 
3060 static char *
3061 get_first_input_target (void)
3062 {
3063   char *target = NULL;
3064 
3065   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3066     {
3067       if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3068 	  && s->flags.real)
3069 	{
3070 	  ldfile_open_file (s);
3071 
3072 	  if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3073 	      && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3074 	    {
3075 	      target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3076 
3077 	      if (target != NULL)
3078 		break;
3079 	    }
3080 	}
3081     }
3082 
3083   return target;
3084 }
3085 
3086 const char *
3087 lang_get_output_target (void)
3088 {
3089   const char *target;
3090 
3091   /* Has the user told us which output format to use?  */
3092   if (output_target != NULL)
3093     return output_target;
3094 
3095   /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3096      the default?  */
3097   if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3098     return current_target;
3099 
3100   /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file?  */
3101   target = get_first_input_target ();
3102   if (target != NULL)
3103     return target;
3104 
3105   /* Failed - use the default output target.  */
3106   return default_target;
3107 }
3108 
3109 /* Open the output file.  */
3110 
3111 static void
3112 open_output (const char *name)
3113 {
3114   output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3115 
3116   /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3117      line?  */
3118   if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3119     {
3120       /* Get the chosen target.  */
3121       const bfd_target *target
3122 	= bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3123 
3124       /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything.  */
3125       if (target != NULL)
3126 	{
3127 	  enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3128 
3129 	  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3130 	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3131 	  else
3132 	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3133 
3134 	  /* See if the target has the wrong endianness.  This should
3135 	     not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3136 	     little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3137 	     this.  */
3138 	  if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3139 	    {
3140 	      /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3141 		 an alternative with the correct endianness.  */
3142 	      if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3143 		  && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3144 		output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3145 	      else
3146 		{
3147 		  /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3148 		     the default target, but which has the desired
3149 		     endian characteristic.  */
3150 		  bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3151 					    (void *) target);
3152 
3153 		  /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3154 		     satisfy our requirements.  */
3155 		  if (winner == NULL)
3156 		    einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3157 			     " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3158 		  else
3159 		    output_target = winner->name;
3160 		}
3161 	    }
3162 	}
3163     }
3164 
3165   link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3166 
3167   if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3168     {
3169       if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3170 	einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3171 
3172       einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3173     }
3174 
3175   delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3176 
3177   if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3178     einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3179   if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3180 			   ldfile_output_architecture,
3181 			   ldfile_output_machine))
3182     einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3183 
3184   link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3185   if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3186     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3187 
3188   bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3189 }
3190 
3191 static void
3192 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3193 {
3194   switch (statement->header.type)
3195     {
3196     case lang_output_statement_enum:
3197       ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3198       open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3199       ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3200       if (config.magic_demand_paged
3201 	  && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3202 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3203       else
3204 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3205       if (config.text_read_only)
3206 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3207       else
3208 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3209       if (link_info.traditional_format)
3210 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3211       else
3212 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3213       break;
3214 
3215     case lang_target_statement_enum:
3216       current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3217       break;
3218     default:
3219       break;
3220     }
3221 }
3222 
3223 static void
3224 init_opb (void)
3225 {
3226   unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3227 					      ldfile_output_machine);
3228   opb_shift = 0;
3229   if (x > 1)
3230     while ((x & 1) == 0)
3231       {
3232 	x >>= 1;
3233 	++opb_shift;
3234       }
3235   ASSERT (x == 1);
3236 }
3237 
3238 /* Open all the input files.  */
3239 
3240 enum open_bfd_mode
3241   {
3242     OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3243     OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3244     OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3245   };
3246 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3247 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3248 #endif
3249 
3250 static void
3251 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3252 {
3253   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3254     {
3255       switch (s->header.type)
3256 	{
3257 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3258 	  open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3259 	  break;
3260 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3261 	  open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3262 	  break;
3263 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3264 	  /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols.  */
3265 	  if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3266 	      && s->wild_statement.filename
3267 	      && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3268 	      && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3269 	    lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3270 	  open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3271 	  break;
3272 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3273 	  {
3274 	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3275 
3276 	    /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3277 	       until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3278 	       symbols.  */
3279 
3280 	    do
3281 	      {
3282 		undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3283 		open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3284 				 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3285 	      }
3286 	    while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3287 	  }
3288 	  break;
3289 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
3290 	  current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3291 	  break;
3292 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
3293 	  if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3294 	    {
3295 	      lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3296 	      lang_statement_list_type add;
3297 	      bfd *abfd;
3298 
3299 	      s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3300 
3301 	      /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3302 		 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3303 		 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3304 		 has been loaded already.  Do the same for a rescan.
3305 		 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs.  */
3306 	      if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3307 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3308 		  && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3309 		      || plugin_insert == NULL)
3310 #endif
3311 		  && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3312 		  && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3313 		  && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3314 		       && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3315 		      || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3316 			  && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3317 			  && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3318 			  && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3319 			  && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3320 		{
3321 		  s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3322 		  s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3323 		}
3324 
3325 	      os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3326 	      lang_list_init (&add);
3327 
3328 	      if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3329 		config.make_executable = FALSE;
3330 
3331 	      if (add.head != NULL)
3332 		{
3333 		  /* If this was a script with output sections then
3334 		     tack any added statements on to the end of the
3335 		     list.  This avoids having to reorder the output
3336 		     section statement list.  Very likely the user
3337 		     forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3338 		     naive user expectations.  */
3339 		  if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3340 		    {
3341 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3342 			       " did you forget -T?\n"),
3343 			     s->input_statement.filename);
3344 		      *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3345 		      stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3346 		    }
3347 		  else
3348 		    {
3349 		      *add.tail = s->header.next;
3350 		      s->header.next = add.head;
3351 		    }
3352 		}
3353 	    }
3354 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3355 	  /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3356 	     files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan.  */
3357 	  if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3358 	    plugin_insert = NULL;
3359 #endif
3360 	  break;
3361 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3362 	  if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3363 	    exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3364 	  break;
3365 	default:
3366 	  break;
3367 	}
3368     }
3369 
3370   /* Exit if any of the files were missing.  */
3371   if (input_flags.missing_file)
3372     einfo ("%F");
3373 }
3374 
3375 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3376    This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3377    the time the ld command line is processed.  First we put the name
3378    on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3379    name to the symbol table.  */
3380 
3381 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3382 
3383 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3384 
3385 void
3386 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3387 {
3388   ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3389 
3390   undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3391   new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3392   new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3393   ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3394 
3395   new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3396 
3397   if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3398     insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3399 }
3400 
3401 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table.  */
3402 
3403 static void
3404 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3405 {
3406   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3407 
3408   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3409   if (h == NULL)
3410     einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3411   if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3412     {
3413       h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3414       h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3415       if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3416 	((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3417       bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3418     }
3419 }
3420 
3421 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3422    into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3423    script file.  */
3424 
3425 static void
3426 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3427 {
3428   ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3429 
3430   for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3431     insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3432 }
3433 
3434 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3435    be defined.  */
3436 
3437 struct require_defined_symbol
3438 {
3439   const char *name;
3440   struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3441 };
3442 
3443 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined.  */
3444 
3445 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3446 
3447 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3448    defined.  */
3449 
3450 void
3451 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3452 {
3453   struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3454 
3455   ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3456   ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3457   ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3458   ptr->name = strdup (name);
3459   require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3460 }
3461 
3462 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3463    raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined.  */
3464 
3465 static void
3466 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3467 {
3468   struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3469 
3470   for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3471     {
3472       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3473 
3474       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3475 				FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3476       if (h == NULL
3477 	  || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3478 	      && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3479 	einfo(_("%P%X: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3480     }
3481 }
3482 
3483 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections.  */
3484 
3485 static void
3486 check_input_sections
3487   (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3488    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3489 {
3490   for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3491     {
3492       switch (s->header.type)
3493 	{
3494 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3495 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3496 		     output_section_statement);
3497 	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3498 	    return;
3499 	  break;
3500 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3501 	  check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3502 				output_section_statement);
3503 	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3504 	    return;
3505 	  break;
3506 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3507 	  check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3508 				output_section_statement);
3509 	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3510 	    return;
3511 	  break;
3512 	default:
3513 	  break;
3514 	}
3515     }
3516 }
3517 
3518 /* Update wildcard statements if needed.  */
3519 
3520 static void
3521 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3522 {
3523   struct wildcard_list *sec;
3524 
3525   switch (sort_section)
3526     {
3527     default:
3528       FAIL ();
3529 
3530     case none:
3531       break;
3532 
3533     case by_name:
3534     case by_alignment:
3535       for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3536 	{
3537 	  switch (s->header.type)
3538 	    {
3539 	    default:
3540 	      break;
3541 
3542 	    case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3543 	      for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3544 		   sec = sec->next)
3545 		{
3546 		  switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3547 		    {
3548 		    case none:
3549 		      sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3550 		      break;
3551 		    case by_name:
3552 		      if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3553 			sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3554 		      break;
3555 		    case by_alignment:
3556 		      if (sort_section == by_name)
3557 			sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3558 		      break;
3559 		    default:
3560 		      break;
3561 		    }
3562 		}
3563 	      break;
3564 
3565 	    case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3566 	      update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3567 	      break;
3568 
3569 	    case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3570 	      /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections.  */
3571 	      if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3572 		  && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3573 		update_wild_statements
3574 		  (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3575 	      break;
3576 
3577 	    case lang_group_statement_enum:
3578 	      update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3579 	      break;
3580 	    }
3581 	}
3582       break;
3583     }
3584 }
3585 
3586 /* Open input files and attach to output sections.  */
3587 
3588 static void
3589 map_input_to_output_sections
3590   (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3591    lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3592 {
3593   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3594     {
3595       lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3596       flagword flags;
3597 
3598       switch (s->header.type)
3599 	{
3600 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3601 	  wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3602 	  break;
3603 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3604 	  map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3605 					target,
3606 					os);
3607 	  break;
3608 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3609 	  tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3610 	  if (tos->constraint != 0)
3611 	    {
3612 	      if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3613 		  && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3614 		break;
3615 	      tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3616 	      check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3617 	      if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3618 		{
3619 		  tos->constraint = -1;
3620 		  break;
3621 		}
3622 	    }
3623 	  map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3624 					target,
3625 					tos);
3626 	  break;
3627 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
3628 	  break;
3629 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
3630 	  target = s->target_statement.target;
3631 	  break;
3632 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3633 	  map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3634 					target,
3635 					os);
3636 	  break;
3637 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
3638 	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3639 	     are initialized.  */
3640 	  exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3641 	  /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3642 	     these may be overridden by the script.  */
3643 	  flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3644 	  switch (os->sectype)
3645 	    {
3646 	    case normal_section:
3647 	    case overlay_section:
3648 	      break;
3649 	    case noalloc_section:
3650 	      flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3651 	      break;
3652 	    case noload_section:
3653 	      if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3654 		  == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3655 		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3656 	      else
3657 		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3658 	      break;
3659 	    }
3660 	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3661 	    init_os (os, flags);
3662 	  else
3663 	    os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3664 	  break;
3665 	case lang_input_section_enum:
3666 	  break;
3667 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3668 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3669 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3670 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3671 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
3672 	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3673 	    init_os (os, 0);
3674 	  break;
3675 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3676 	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3677 	    init_os (os, 0);
3678 
3679 	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3680 	     are initialized.  */
3681 	  exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3682 	  break;
3683 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
3684 	  /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3685 	     If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3686 	     directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3687 	     processed the segment marker.  Originally, the linker
3688 	     treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3689 	     command-line) as section directives.  We honor the
3690 	     section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3691 	     linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3692 	     SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics.  */
3693 	  if (!s->address_statement.segment
3694 	      || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3695 	    {
3696 	      const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3697 
3698 	      /* Create the output section statement here so that
3699 		 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3700 		 script sections.  If we let the orphan placement code
3701 		 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3702 		 will affect following script sections, which is
3703 		 likely to surprise naive users.  */
3704 	      tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3705 	      tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3706 	      if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3707 		init_os (tos, 0);
3708 	    }
3709 	  break;
3710 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3711 	  break;
3712 	}
3713     }
3714 }
3715 
3716 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3717    start of the list and places them after the output section
3718    statement specified by the insert.  This operation is complicated
3719    by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3720    statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.  */
3721 
3722 static void
3723 process_insert_statements (void)
3724 {
3725   lang_statement_union_type **s;
3726   lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3727   lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3728   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3729 
3730   /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3731      the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3732      reordered.  */
3733   s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3734   while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3735     {
3736       if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3737 	{
3738 	  /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3739 	     statement in the sequence we may be about to move.  */
3740 	  os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3741 
3742 	  ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3743 	  last_os = os;
3744 
3745 	  /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3746 	     won't match this output section statement.  At this
3747 	     stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3748 	     [-1, ONLY_IN_RW].  */
3749 	  last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3750 	  if (first_os == NULL)
3751 	    first_os = last_os;
3752 	}
3753       else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3754 	{
3755 	  lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3756 	  lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3757 	  lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3758 	  lang_statement_union_type *first;
3759 
3760 	  where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3761 	  if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3762 	    {
3763 	      do
3764 		where = where->prev;
3765 	      while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3766 	    }
3767 	  if (where == NULL)
3768 	    {
3769 	      einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3770 	      return;
3771 	    }
3772 
3773 	  /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list.  */
3774 	  if (last_os != NULL)
3775 	    {
3776 	      asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3777 	      struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3778 
3779 	      /* Snip out the output sections we are moving.  */
3780 	      first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3781 	      if (last_os->next == NULL)
3782 		{
3783 		  next = &first_os->prev->next;
3784 		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3785 		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3786 		}
3787 	      else
3788 		last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3789 	      /* Add them in at the new position.  */
3790 	      last_os->next = where->next;
3791 	      if (where->next == NULL)
3792 		{
3793 		  next = &last_os->next;
3794 		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3795 		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3796 		}
3797 	      else
3798 		where->next->prev = last_os;
3799 	      first_os->prev = where;
3800 	      where->next = first_os;
3801 
3802 	      /* Move the bfd sections in the same way.  */
3803 	      first_sec = NULL;
3804 	      last_sec = NULL;
3805 	      for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3806 		{
3807 		  os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3808 		  if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3809 		      && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3810 		    {
3811 		      last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3812 		      if (first_sec == NULL)
3813 			first_sec = last_sec;
3814 		    }
3815 		  if (os == last_os)
3816 		    break;
3817 		}
3818 	      if (last_sec != NULL)
3819 		{
3820 		  asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3821 		  if (sec == NULL)
3822 		    sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3823 
3824 		  /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3825 		     sections we are moving.  So if we find no
3826 		     section or if the section is the same as our
3827 		     last section, then no move is needed.  */
3828 		  if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3829 		    {
3830 		      /* Trim them off.  */
3831 		      if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3832 			first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3833 		      else
3834 			link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3835 		      if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3836 			last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3837 		      else
3838 			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3839 		      /* Add back.  */
3840 		      last_sec->next = sec->next;
3841 		      if (sec->next != NULL)
3842 			sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3843 		      else
3844 			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3845 		      first_sec->prev = sec;
3846 		      sec->next = first_sec;
3847 		    }
3848 		}
3849 
3850 	      first_os = NULL;
3851 	      last_os = NULL;
3852 	    }
3853 
3854 	  ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3855 	  /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3856 	     know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3857 	     the insert statement we are currently processing.  */
3858 	  first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3859 	  lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3860 	  /* Add them back where they belong.  */
3861 	  *s = *ptr;
3862 	  if (*s == NULL)
3863 	    statement_list.tail = s;
3864 	  *ptr = first;
3865 	  s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3866 	}
3867     }
3868 
3869   /* Undo constraint twiddling.  */
3870   for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3871     {
3872       os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3873       if (os == last_os)
3874 	break;
3875     }
3876 }
3877 
3878 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3879    added.  For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3880    sections if they turn out to be not needed.  Clean them up here.  */
3881 
3882 void
3883 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3884 {
3885   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3886 
3887   /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done).  */
3888   if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3889     {
3890       expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3891       expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
3892       one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3893       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3894     }
3895 
3896   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3897        os != NULL;
3898        os = os->next)
3899     {
3900       asection *output_section;
3901       bfd_boolean exclude;
3902 
3903       if (os->constraint < 0)
3904 	continue;
3905 
3906       output_section = os->bfd_section;
3907       if (output_section == NULL)
3908 	continue;
3909 
3910       exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3911 		 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3912 		 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3913 						    output_section));
3914 
3915       /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3916 	 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash.  These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3917 	 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3918 	 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
3919       if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3920 	{
3921 	  asection *s;
3922 
3923 	  for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3924 	    if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3925 		&& ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3926 		    || link_info.emitrelocations))
3927 	      {
3928 		exclude = FALSE;
3929 		break;
3930 	      }
3931 	}
3932 
3933       if (exclude)
3934 	{
3935 	  /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3936 	     removed output section statement may still be used.  */
3937 	  if (!os->update_dot)
3938 	    os->ignored = TRUE;
3939 	  output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3940 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3941 	  link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3942 	}
3943     }
3944 }
3945 
3946 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
3947    asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite.
3948    FIXME: Except for sh64elf.em which starts creating link_orders in
3949    its after_allocation routine so needs to call it early.  */
3950 
3951 void
3952 lang_clear_os_map (void)
3953 {
3954   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3955 
3956   if (map_head_is_link_order)
3957     return;
3958 
3959   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3960        os != NULL;
3961        os = os->next)
3962     {
3963       asection *output_section;
3964 
3965       if (os->constraint < 0)
3966 	continue;
3967 
3968       output_section = os->bfd_section;
3969       if (output_section == NULL)
3970 	continue;
3971 
3972       /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders.  */
3973       output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3974       output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3975     }
3976 
3977   /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3978      and map_tail link_order fields.  */
3979   map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
3980 }
3981 
3982 static void
3983 print_output_section_statement
3984   (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3985 {
3986   asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3987   int len;
3988 
3989   if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3990     {
3991       minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3992 
3993       if (section != NULL)
3994 	{
3995 	  print_dot = section->vma;
3996 
3997 	  len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3998 	  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
3999 	    {
4000 	      print_nl ();
4001 	      len = 0;
4002 	    }
4003 	  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4004 	    {
4005 	      print_space ();
4006 	      ++len;
4007 	    }
4008 
4009 	  minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4010 
4011 	  if (section->vma != section->lma)
4012 	    minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4013 
4014 	  if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4015 	    exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4016 			   bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4017 	}
4018 
4019       print_nl ();
4020     }
4021 
4022   print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4023 			output_section_statement);
4024 }
4025 
4026 static void
4027 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4028 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4029 {
4030   unsigned int i;
4031   bfd_boolean is_dot;
4032   etree_type *tree;
4033   asection *osec;
4034 
4035   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4036     print_space ();
4037 
4038   if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4039     {
4040       is_dot = FALSE;
4041       tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4042     }
4043   else
4044     {
4045       const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4046 
4047       is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4048       if (!is_dot)
4049 	expld.assign_name = dst;
4050       tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4051     }
4052 
4053   osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4054   if (osec == NULL)
4055     osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4056 
4057   if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4058     exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4059   else
4060     expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4061 
4062   if (expld.result.valid_p)
4063     {
4064       bfd_vma value;
4065 
4066       if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4067 	  || is_dot
4068 	  || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4069 	{
4070 	  value = expld.result.value;
4071 
4072 	  if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4073 	    value += expld.result.section->vma;
4074 
4075 	  minfo ("0x%V", value);
4076 	  if (is_dot)
4077 	    print_dot = value;
4078 	}
4079       else
4080 	{
4081 	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4082 
4083 	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4084 				    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4085 	  if (h)
4086 	    {
4087 	      value = h->u.def.value;
4088 	      value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4089 	      value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4090 
4091 	      minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4092 	    }
4093 	  else
4094 	    minfo ("[unresolved]");
4095 	}
4096     }
4097   else
4098     {
4099       if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4100 	minfo ("[!provide]");
4101       else
4102 	minfo ("*undef*   ");
4103 #ifdef BFD64
4104       minfo ("        ");
4105 #endif
4106     }
4107   expld.assign_name = NULL;
4108 
4109   minfo ("                ");
4110   exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4111   print_nl ();
4112 }
4113 
4114 static void
4115 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4116 {
4117   if (statm->filename != NULL
4118       && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4119 	  || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4120     fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4121 }
4122 
4123 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section.  This is called
4124    via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols.  */
4125 
4126 static bfd_boolean
4127 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4128 {
4129   asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4130 
4131   if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4132        || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4133       && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4134     {
4135       int i;
4136 
4137       for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4138 	print_space ();
4139       minfo ("0x%V   ",
4140 	     (hash_entry->u.def.value
4141 	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4142 	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4143 
4144       minfo ("             %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4145     }
4146 
4147   return TRUE;
4148 }
4149 
4150 static int
4151 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4152 {
4153   const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4154   const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4155 
4156   if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4157     return -1;
4158   else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4159     return 1;
4160   else
4161     return 0;
4162 }
4163 
4164 static void
4165 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4166 {
4167   input_section_userdata_type *ud
4168     = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4169   struct map_symbol_def *def;
4170   struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4171   unsigned int i;
4172 
4173   if (!ud)
4174     return;
4175 
4176   *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4177 
4178   /* Sort the symbols by address.  */
4179   entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4180       obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4181 		     ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4182 
4183   for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4184     entries[i] = def->entry;
4185 
4186   qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4187 	 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4188 
4189   /* Print the symbols.  */
4190   for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4191     print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4192 
4193   obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4194 }
4195 
4196 /* Print information about an input section to the map file.  */
4197 
4198 static void
4199 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4200 {
4201   bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4202   int len;
4203   bfd_vma addr;
4204 
4205   init_opb ();
4206 
4207   print_space ();
4208   minfo ("%s", i->name);
4209 
4210   len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4211   if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4212     {
4213       print_nl ();
4214       len = 0;
4215     }
4216   while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4217     {
4218       print_space ();
4219       ++len;
4220     }
4221 
4222   if (i->output_section != NULL
4223       && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4224     addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4225   else
4226     {
4227       addr = print_dot;
4228       if (!is_discarded)
4229 	size = 0;
4230     }
4231 
4232   minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4233 
4234   if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4235     {
4236       len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4237 #ifdef BFD64
4238       len += 16;
4239 #else
4240       len += 8;
4241 #endif
4242       while (len > 0)
4243 	{
4244 	  print_space ();
4245 	  --len;
4246 	}
4247 
4248       minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4249     }
4250 
4251   if (i->output_section != NULL
4252       && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4253     {
4254       if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4255 	bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4256       else
4257 	print_all_symbols (i);
4258 
4259       /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4260 	 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4261 	 later overlay is shorter than an earier one.  */
4262       if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4263 	print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4264     }
4265 }
4266 
4267 static void
4268 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4269 {
4270   size_t size;
4271   unsigned char *p;
4272   fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4273   for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4274     fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4275   fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4276 }
4277 
4278 static void
4279 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4280 {
4281   int i;
4282   bfd_vma addr;
4283   bfd_size_type size;
4284   const char *name;
4285 
4286   init_opb ();
4287   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4288     print_space ();
4289 
4290   addr = data->output_offset;
4291   if (data->output_section != NULL)
4292     addr += data->output_section->vma;
4293 
4294   switch (data->type)
4295     {
4296     default:
4297       abort ();
4298     case BYTE:
4299       size = BYTE_SIZE;
4300       name = "BYTE";
4301       break;
4302     case SHORT:
4303       size = SHORT_SIZE;
4304       name = "SHORT";
4305       break;
4306     case LONG:
4307       size = LONG_SIZE;
4308       name = "LONG";
4309       break;
4310     case QUAD:
4311       size = QUAD_SIZE;
4312       name = "QUAD";
4313       break;
4314     case SQUAD:
4315       size = QUAD_SIZE;
4316       name = "SQUAD";
4317       break;
4318     }
4319 
4320   if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4321     size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4322   minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4323 
4324   if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4325     {
4326       print_space ();
4327       exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4328     }
4329 
4330   print_nl ();
4331 
4332   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4333 }
4334 
4335 /* Print an address statement.  These are generated by options like
4336    -Ttext.  */
4337 
4338 static void
4339 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4340 {
4341   minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4342   exp_print_tree (address->address);
4343   print_nl ();
4344 }
4345 
4346 /* Print a reloc statement.  */
4347 
4348 static void
4349 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4350 {
4351   int i;
4352   bfd_vma addr;
4353   bfd_size_type size;
4354 
4355   init_opb ();
4356   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4357     print_space ();
4358 
4359   addr = reloc->output_offset;
4360   if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4361     addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4362 
4363   size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4364 
4365   minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4366 
4367   if (reloc->name != NULL)
4368     minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4369   else
4370     minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4371 
4372   exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4373 
4374   print_nl ();
4375 
4376   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4377 }
4378 
4379 static void
4380 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4381 {
4382   int len;
4383   bfd_vma addr;
4384 
4385   init_opb ();
4386   minfo (" *fill*");
4387 
4388   len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4389   while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4390     {
4391       print_space ();
4392       ++len;
4393     }
4394 
4395   addr = s->output_offset;
4396   if (s->output_section != NULL)
4397     addr += s->output_section->vma;
4398   minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4399 
4400   if (s->fill->size != 0)
4401     {
4402       size_t size;
4403       unsigned char *p;
4404       for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4405 	fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4406     }
4407 
4408   print_nl ();
4409 
4410   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4411 }
4412 
4413 static void
4414 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4415 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4416 {
4417   struct wildcard_list *sec;
4418 
4419   print_space ();
4420 
4421   if (w->exclude_name_list)
4422     {
4423       name_list *tmp;
4424       minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4425       for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4426 	minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4427       minfo (") ");
4428     }
4429 
4430   if (w->filenames_sorted)
4431     minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4432   if (w->filename != NULL)
4433     minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4434   else
4435     minfo ("*");
4436   if (w->filenames_sorted)
4437     minfo (")");
4438 
4439   minfo ("(");
4440   for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4441     {
4442       int closing_paren = 0;
4443 
4444       switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4445 	{
4446 	case none:
4447 	  break;
4448 
4449 	case by_name:
4450 	  minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4451 	  closing_paren = 1;
4452 	  break;
4453 
4454 	case by_alignment:
4455 	  minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4456 	  closing_paren = 1;
4457 	  break;
4458 
4459 	case by_name_alignment:
4460 	  minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4461 	  closing_paren = 2;
4462 	  break;
4463 
4464 	case by_alignment_name:
4465 	  minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4466 	  closing_paren = 2;
4467 	  break;
4468 
4469 	case by_none:
4470 	  minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4471 	  closing_paren = 1;
4472 	  break;
4473 
4474 	case by_init_priority:
4475 	  minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4476 	  closing_paren = 1;
4477 	  break;
4478 	}
4479 
4480       if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4481 	{
4482 	  name_list *tmp;
4483 	  minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4484 	  for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4485 	    minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4486 	  minfo (") ");
4487 	}
4488       if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4489 	minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4490       else
4491 	minfo ("*");
4492       for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4493 	minfo (")");
4494       if (sec->next)
4495 	minfo (" ");
4496     }
4497   minfo (")");
4498 
4499   print_nl ();
4500 
4501   print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4502 }
4503 
4504 /* Print a group statement.  */
4505 
4506 static void
4507 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4508 	     lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4509 {
4510   fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4511   print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4512   fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4513 }
4514 
4515 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4516    This can be called for any statement type.  */
4517 
4518 static void
4519 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4520 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4521 {
4522   while (s != NULL)
4523     {
4524       print_statement (s, os);
4525       s = s->header.next;
4526     }
4527 }
4528 
4529 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4530    This can be called for any statement type.  */
4531 
4532 static void
4533 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4534 		 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4535 {
4536   switch (s->header.type)
4537     {
4538     default:
4539       fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4540       FAIL ();
4541       break;
4542     case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4543       if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4544 	{
4545 	  if (constructors_sorted)
4546 	    minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4547 	  else
4548 	    minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4549 	  print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4550 	}
4551       break;
4552     case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4553       print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4554       break;
4555     case lang_address_statement_enum:
4556       print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4557       break;
4558     case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4559       minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4560       break;
4561     case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4562       print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4563       break;
4564     case lang_data_statement_enum:
4565       print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4566       break;
4567     case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4568       print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4569       break;
4570     case lang_input_section_enum:
4571       print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4572       break;
4573     case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4574       print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4575       break;
4576     case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4577       print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4578       break;
4579     case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4580       print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4581       break;
4582     case lang_target_statement_enum:
4583       fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4584       break;
4585     case lang_output_statement_enum:
4586       minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4587       if (output_target != NULL)
4588 	minfo (" %s", output_target);
4589       minfo (")\n");
4590       break;
4591     case lang_input_statement_enum:
4592       print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4593       break;
4594     case lang_group_statement_enum:
4595       print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4596       break;
4597     case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4598       minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4599 	     s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4600 	     s->insert_statement.where);
4601       break;
4602     }
4603 }
4604 
4605 static void
4606 print_statements (void)
4607 {
4608   print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4609 }
4610 
4611 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4612    If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4613    If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4614    Intended to be called from GDB.  */
4615 
4616 void
4617 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4618 {
4619   FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4620 
4621   config.map_file = stderr;
4622 
4623   if (n < 0)
4624     print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4625   else
4626     {
4627       while (s && --n >= 0)
4628 	{
4629 	  print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4630 	  s = s->header.next;
4631 	}
4632     }
4633 
4634   config.map_file = map_save;
4635 }
4636 
4637 static void
4638 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4639 	    fill_type *fill,
4640 	    bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4641 	    asection *output_section,
4642 	    bfd_vma dot)
4643 {
4644   static fill_type zero_fill;
4645   lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4646 
4647   if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4648     pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4649 	   ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4650   if (pad != NULL
4651       && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4652       && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4653     {
4654       /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4655     }
4656   else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4657 	   && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4658 	   && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4659     {
4660       /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4661     }
4662   else
4663     {
4664       /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain.  */
4665       pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4666 	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4667       pad->header.next = *ptr;
4668       *ptr = pad;
4669       pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4670       pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4671       if (fill == NULL)
4672 	fill = &zero_fill;
4673       pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4674     }
4675   pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4676   pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4677   output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4678 				  - output_section->vma);
4679 }
4680 
4681 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point.  */
4682 
4683 static bfd_vma
4684 size_input_section
4685   (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4686    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4687    fill_type *fill,
4688    bfd_vma dot)
4689 {
4690   lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4691   asection *i = is->section;
4692   asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4693 
4694   if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4695     i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4696   else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4697 	   || output_section_statement->ignored)
4698     i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4699   else
4700     {
4701       bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4702 
4703       /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4704 	 then to the output section's requirement.  If this alignment
4705 	 is greater than any seen before, then record it too.  Perform
4706 	 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement.  */
4707 
4708       if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
4709 	i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
4710 
4711       if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4712 	o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4713 
4714       alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4715 
4716       if (alignment_needed != 0)
4717 	{
4718 	  insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4719 	  dot += alignment_needed;
4720 	}
4721 
4722       /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes.  */
4723       i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4724 
4725       /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now.  */
4726       dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4727       o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4728     }
4729 
4730   return dot;
4731 }
4732 
4733 struct check_sec
4734 {
4735   asection *sec;
4736   bfd_boolean warned;
4737 };
4738 
4739 static int
4740 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4741 {
4742   const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4743   const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4744 
4745   if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4746     return -1;
4747   else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4748     return 1;
4749   else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4750     return -1;
4751   else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4752     return 1;
4753 
4754   return 0;
4755 }
4756 
4757 static int
4758 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4759 {
4760   const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4761   const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4762 
4763   if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4764     return -1;
4765   else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4766     return 1;
4767   else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4768     return -1;
4769   else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4770     return 1;
4771 
4772   return 0;
4773 }
4774 
4775 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4776   ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4777 
4778 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4779   ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4780 
4781 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4782    sections.  This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4783    section addresses of the two sections.  Also check whether any memory
4784    region has overflowed.  */
4785 
4786 static void
4787 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4788 {
4789   asection *s, *p;
4790   struct check_sec *sections;
4791   size_t i, count;
4792   bfd_vma addr_mask;
4793   bfd_vma s_start;
4794   bfd_vma s_end;
4795   bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4796   bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4797   lang_memory_region_type *m;
4798   bfd_boolean overlays;
4799 
4800   /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections.  */
4801   addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
4802 	       (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
4803   addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4804   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4805     if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4806       {
4807 	s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4808 	if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
4809 	  einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
4810 		 s->name);
4811 	else
4812 	  {
4813 	    s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4814 	    if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4815 	      einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
4816 		     s->name);
4817 	  }
4818       }
4819 
4820   if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4821     return;
4822 
4823   count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
4824   sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
4825 
4826   /* Scan all sections in the output list.  */
4827   count = 0;
4828   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4829     {
4830       if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
4831 	  || s->size == 0)
4832 	continue;
4833 
4834       sections[count].sec = s;
4835       sections[count].warned = FALSE;
4836       count++;
4837     }
4838 
4839   if (count <= 1)
4840     {
4841       free (sections);
4842       return;
4843     }
4844 
4845   qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
4846 
4847   /* First check section LMAs.  There should be no overlap of LMAs on
4848      loadable sections, even with overlays.  */
4849   for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4850     {
4851       s = sections[i].sec;
4852       if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4853 	{
4854 	  s_start = s->lma;
4855 	  s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4856 
4857 	  /* Look for an overlap.  We have sorted sections by lma, so
4858 	     we know that s_start >= p_start.  Besides the obvious
4859 	     case of overlap when the current section starts before
4860 	     the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
4861 	     previous section wraps around the address space.  */
4862 	  if (p != NULL
4863 	      && (s_start <= p_end
4864 		  || p_end < p_start))
4865 	    {
4866 	      einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
4867 		       " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4868 		     s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4869 	      sections[i].warned = TRUE;
4870 	    }
4871 	  p = s;
4872 	  p_start = s_start;
4873 	  p_end = s_end;
4874 	}
4875     }
4876 
4877   /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
4878      exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
4879      overlays.  Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
4880      this property.  It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
4881      that fail this test, but it would be unusual.  */
4882   qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
4883   overlays = FALSE;
4884   p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
4885   for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
4886     {
4887       s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
4888       if (p_start == s_start)
4889 	{
4890 	  overlays = TRUE;
4891 	  break;
4892 	}
4893       p_start = s_start;
4894     }
4895 
4896   /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected.  */
4897   if (!overlays)
4898     {
4899       for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4900 	{
4901 	  s = sections[i].sec;
4902 	  s_start = s->vma;
4903 	  s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4904 
4905 	  if (p != NULL
4906 	      && !sections[i].warned
4907 	      && (s_start <= p_end
4908 		  || p_end < p_start))
4909 	    einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
4910 		     " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4911 		   s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4912 	  p = s;
4913 	  p_start = s_start;
4914 	  p_end = s_end;
4915 	}
4916     }
4917 
4918   free (sections);
4919 
4920   /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4921      We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4922      explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4923      diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4924 
4925      FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4926      might overflow a 32-bit integer.  There is, alas, no way to print
4927      a bfd_vma quantity in decimal.  */
4928   for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4929     if (m->had_full_message)
4930       {
4931 	unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
4932 	einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
4933 			 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
4934 			 over),
4935 	       m->name_list.name, over);
4936       }
4937 }
4938 
4939 /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  We explicitly permit the
4940    current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4941    non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4942    calculation wraps around.  */
4943 
4944 static void
4945 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4946 		 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4947 		 etree_type *tree,
4948 		 bfd_vma rbase)
4949 {
4950   if ((region->current < region->origin
4951        || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4952       && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4953 	  || rbase == 0))
4954     {
4955       if (tree != NULL)
4956 	{
4957 	  einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section `%s'"
4958 		   " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4959 		 region->current,
4960 		 os->bfd_section->owner,
4961 		 os->bfd_section->name,
4962 		 region->name_list.name);
4963 	}
4964       else if (!region->had_full_message)
4965 	{
4966 	  region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4967 
4968 	  einfo (_("%X%P: %B section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4969 		 os->bfd_section->owner,
4970 		 os->bfd_section->name,
4971 		 region->name_list.name);
4972 	}
4973     }
4974 }
4975 
4976 static void
4977 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4978 			   seg_align_type *seg)
4979 {
4980   if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
4981     {
4982       if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
4983 	seg->relro_start_stat = s;
4984       else
4985 	{
4986 	  ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
4987 	}
4988     }
4989   else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
4990     {
4991       if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
4992 	seg->relro_end_stat = s;
4993       else
4994 	{
4995 	  ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
4996 	}
4997     }
4998 }
4999 
5000 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections.  */
5001 
5002 static bfd_vma
5003 lang_size_sections_1
5004   (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5005    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5006    fill_type *fill,
5007    bfd_vma dot,
5008    bfd_boolean *relax,
5009    bfd_boolean check_regions)
5010 {
5011   lang_statement_union_type *s;
5012 
5013   /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts.  */
5014   for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5015     {
5016       switch (s->header.type)
5017 	{
5018 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5019 	  {
5020 	    bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5021 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5022 	    lang_memory_region_type *r;
5023 	    int section_alignment = 0;
5024 
5025 	    os = &s->output_section_statement;
5026 	    if (os->constraint == -1)
5027 	      break;
5028 
5029 	    /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5030 	       here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5031 	       This is covering for coff backend linker bugs.  See PR6945.  */
5032 	    if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5033 		&& bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5034 		&& (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5035 		    == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5036 	      os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5037 	    if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5038 	      {
5039 		os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5040 		exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5041 
5042 		if (expld.result.valid_p)
5043 		  {
5044 		    dot = expld.result.value;
5045 		    if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5046 		      dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5047 		  }
5048 		else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5049 		  einfo (_("%F%S: non constant or forward reference"
5050 			   " address expression for section %s\n"),
5051 			 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5052 	      }
5053 
5054 	    if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5055 	      /* This section was removed or never actually created.  */
5056 	      break;
5057 
5058 	    /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5059 	       address from the input section.  FIXME: This is COFF
5060 	       specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5061 	       to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind.  */
5062 	    if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5063 		  == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5064 		 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5065 		     == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5066 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5067 	      {
5068 		asection *input;
5069 
5070 		if (os->children.head == NULL
5071 		    || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5072 		    || (os->children.head->header.type
5073 			!= lang_input_section_enum))
5074 		  einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
5075 			   " section %s\n"), os->name);
5076 
5077 		input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5078 		bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5079 				     os->bfd_section,
5080 				     bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5081 		os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5082 		break;
5083 	      }
5084 
5085 	    newdot = dot;
5086 	    dotdelta = 0;
5087 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5088 	      {
5089 		/* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero.  */
5090 		ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5091 	      }
5092 	    else
5093 	      {
5094 		if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5095 		  {
5096 		    /* No address specified for this section, get one
5097 		       from the region specification.  */
5098 		    if (os->region == NULL
5099 			|| ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5100 			    && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5101 			    && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5102 				       DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5103 		      {
5104 			os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5105 		      }
5106 
5107 		    /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5108 		       region, and some non default memory regions were
5109 		       defined, issue an error message.  */
5110 		    if (!os->ignored
5111 			&& !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5112 			&& !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5113 			&& check_regions
5114 			&& strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5115 				   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5116 			&& lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5117 			&& (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5118 				    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5119 			    || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5120 			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5121 		      {
5122 			/* By default this is an error rather than just a
5123 			   warning because if we allocate the section to the
5124 			   default memory region we can end up creating an
5125 			   excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5126 			   attempting to perform a negative seek.  See
5127 			   sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5128 			   for an example of this.  This behaviour can be
5129 			   overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5130 			   switch.  */
5131 			if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5132 			  einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
5133 				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5134 				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5135 						       os->bfd_section));
5136 			else
5137 			  einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5138 				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5139 				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5140 						       os->bfd_section));
5141 		      }
5142 
5143 		    newdot = os->region->current;
5144 		    section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5145 		  }
5146 		else
5147 		  section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5148 
5149 		/* Align to what the section needs.  */
5150 		if (section_alignment > 0)
5151 		  {
5152 		    bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5153 		    newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5154 
5155 		    dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5156 		    if (dotdelta != 0
5157 			&& (config.warn_section_align
5158 			    || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5159 			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5160 		      einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5161 				       "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5162 				       "%P: warning: changing start of "
5163 				       "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5164 				       (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5165 			     os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5166 		  }
5167 
5168 		bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5169 
5170 		os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5171 	      }
5172 
5173 	    lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5174 				  os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5175 
5176 	    os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5177 
5178 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5179 	      /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5180 		 no output section should change from zero size
5181 		 after strip_excluded_output_sections.  A non-zero
5182 		 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5183 		 input section was not sized early enough.  */
5184 	      ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5185 	    else
5186 	      {
5187 		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5188 
5189 		/* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5190 		   align at the block boundary.  */
5191 		after = ((dot
5192 			  + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5193 			  + os->block_value - 1)
5194 			 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5195 
5196 		os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma);
5197 	      }
5198 
5199 	    /* Set section lma.  */
5200 	    r = os->region;
5201 	    if (r == NULL)
5202 	      r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5203 
5204 	    if (os->load_base)
5205 	      {
5206 		bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5207 		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5208 	      }
5209 	    else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5210 	      {
5211 		bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5212 
5213 		if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5214 		  lma += dotdelta;
5215 		else
5216 		  {
5217 		    /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5218 		       as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5219 		       from the bfd section.  If a different region, then
5220 		       only align according to the value in the output
5221 		       statement.  */
5222 		    if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5223 		      section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5224 		    if (section_alignment > 0)
5225 		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5226 		  }
5227 		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5228 	      }
5229 	    else if (r->last_os != NULL
5230 		     && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5231 	      {
5232 		bfd_vma lma;
5233 		asection *last;
5234 
5235 		last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5236 
5237 		/* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5238 		   an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5239 		   os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5240 		   create overlapping LMAs.  */
5241 		if (dot < last->vma
5242 		    && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5243 		    && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5244 		  {
5245 		    /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5246 		       vma.  This is the old default lma, which might
5247 		       just happen to work when the backwards move is
5248 		       sufficiently large.  Nag if this changes anything,
5249 		       so people can fix their linker scripts.  */
5250 
5251 		    if (last->vma != last->lma)
5252 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5253 			       "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5254 		  }
5255 		else
5256 		  {
5257 		    /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5258 		       at the end of the previous section.  */
5259 		    if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5260 		      lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5261 
5262 		    /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5263 		       as the previous section.  */
5264 		    else
5265 		      lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5266 
5267 		    if (section_alignment > 0)
5268 		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5269 		    os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5270 		  }
5271 	      }
5272 	    os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5273 
5274 	    /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5275 	       lma region.  We use this to set the lma for
5276 	       following sections.  Overlays or other linker
5277 	       script assignment to lma might mean that the
5278 	       default lma == vma is incorrect.
5279 	       To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5280 	       -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5281 	       of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5282 	       Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5283 	       track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5284 	       but the lma is set differently to the vma.  This is
5285 	       important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5286 	       otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5287 	       set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma.  */
5288 	    if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5289 		&& (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5290 		    || (r->last_os == NULL
5291 			&& os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5292 		    || (r->last_os != NULL
5293 			&& dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5294 				   .bfd_section->vma)))
5295 		&& os->lma_region == NULL
5296 		&& !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5297 	      r->last_os = s;
5298 
5299 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5300 	      break;
5301 
5302 	    /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5303 	    if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5304 		|| bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5305 	      dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5306 	    else
5307 	      dotdelta = 0;
5308 	    dot += dotdelta;
5309 
5310 	    if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5311 	      exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5312 
5313 	    /* Update dot in the region ?
5314 	       We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5315 	       since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5316 	       overall size in memory.  */
5317 	    if (os->region != NULL
5318 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5319 	      {
5320 		os->region->current = dot;
5321 
5322 		if (check_regions)
5323 		  /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  */
5324 		  os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5325 				   os->bfd_section->vma);
5326 
5327 		if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5328 		    && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5329 			|| os->align_lma_with_input))
5330 		  {
5331 		    os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5332 
5333 		    if (check_regions)
5334 		      os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5335 				       os->bfd_section->lma);
5336 		  }
5337 	      }
5338 	  }
5339 	  break;
5340 
5341 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5342 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5343 				      output_section_statement,
5344 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5345 	  break;
5346 
5347 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
5348 	  {
5349 	    unsigned int size = 0;
5350 
5351 	    s->data_statement.output_offset =
5352 	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5353 	    s->data_statement.output_section =
5354 	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5355 
5356 	    /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5357 	       need to mark them as needed.  */
5358 	    exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5359 
5360 	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
5361 	      {
5362 	      default:
5363 		abort ();
5364 	      case QUAD:
5365 	      case SQUAD:
5366 		size = QUAD_SIZE;
5367 		break;
5368 	      case LONG:
5369 		size = LONG_SIZE;
5370 		break;
5371 	      case SHORT:
5372 		size = SHORT_SIZE;
5373 		break;
5374 	      case BYTE:
5375 		size = BYTE_SIZE;
5376 		break;
5377 	      }
5378 	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5379 	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5380 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5381 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5382 	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5383 
5384 	  }
5385 	  break;
5386 
5387 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5388 	  {
5389 	    int size;
5390 
5391 	    s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5392 	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5393 	    s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5394 	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5395 	    size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5396 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5397 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5398 	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5399 	  }
5400 	  break;
5401 
5402 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5403 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5404 				      output_section_statement,
5405 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5406 	  break;
5407 
5408 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5409 	  link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5410 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5411 	  break;
5412 
5413 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
5414 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
5415 	  break;
5416 
5417 	case lang_input_section_enum:
5418 	  {
5419 	    asection *i;
5420 
5421 	    i = s->input_section.section;
5422 	    if (relax)
5423 	      {
5424 		bfd_boolean again;
5425 
5426 		if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5427 		  einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5428 		if (again)
5429 		  *relax = TRUE;
5430 	      }
5431 	    dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5432 				      fill, dot);
5433 	  }
5434 	  break;
5435 
5436 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
5437 	  break;
5438 
5439 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5440 	  s->fill_statement.output_section =
5441 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5442 
5443 	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5444 	  break;
5445 
5446 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5447 	  {
5448 	    bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5449 	    etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5450 
5451 	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5452 
5453 	    exp_fold_tree (tree,
5454 			   output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5455 			   &newdot);
5456 
5457 	    ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5458 
5459 	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5460 
5461 	    /* This symbol may be relative to this section.  */
5462 	    if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5463 		 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5464 		&& (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5465 		    || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5466 	      output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5467 
5468 	    if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5469 	      {
5470 		if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5471 		  {
5472 		    /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5473 		       the default memory address.  */
5474 		    lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5475 					       FALSE)->current = newdot;
5476 		  }
5477 		else if (newdot != dot)
5478 		  {
5479 		    /* Insert a pad after this statement.  We can't
5480 		       put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5481 		       assignment references dot.  */
5482 		    insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5483 				output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5484 
5485 		    /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing.  */
5486 		    s = s->header.next;
5487 
5488 		    /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5489 		       should have space allocated to it, unless the
5490 		       user has explicitly stated that the section
5491 		       should not be allocated.  */
5492 		    if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5493 			&& (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5494 			    || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5495 				== bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5496 		      output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5497 		  }
5498 		dot = newdot;
5499 	      }
5500 	  }
5501 	  break;
5502 
5503 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5504 	  /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5505 	     we won't have any padding statements.  If this is the
5506 	     second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5507 	     padding to shrink.  If padding is needed on this pass, it
5508 	     will be added back in.  */
5509 	  s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5510 
5511 	  /* Make sure output_offset is valid.  If relaxation shrinks
5512 	     the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5513 	     have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5514 	     section.  bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5515 	     a pad size of zero.  */
5516 	  s->padding_statement.output_offset
5517 	    = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5518 	  break;
5519 
5520 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
5521 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5522 				      output_section_statement,
5523 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5524 	  break;
5525 
5526 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5527 	  break;
5528 
5529 	  /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on.  */
5530 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
5531 	  break;
5532 
5533 	default:
5534 	  FAIL ();
5535 	  break;
5536 	}
5537       prev = &s->header.next;
5538     }
5539   return dot;
5540 }
5541 
5542 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5543    The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5544    CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5545    segments.  We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision.  */
5546 
5547 bfd_boolean
5548 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5549 				    bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5550 				    asection *current_section,
5551 				    asection *previous_section,
5552 				    bfd_boolean new_segment)
5553 {
5554   lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5555   lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5556 
5557   /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5558      that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment.  */
5559   if (new_segment)
5560     return TRUE;
5561 
5562   /* Paranoia checks.  */
5563   if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5564     return new_segment;
5565 
5566   /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5567      sections comingled in the same segment.  */
5568   if (config.separate_code
5569       && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5570     return TRUE;
5571 
5572   /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5573      We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5574      of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5575      we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster.  */
5576   cur  = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5577   prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5578 
5579   /* More paranoia.  */
5580   if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5581     return new_segment;
5582 
5583   /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5584      different segments.  See the email thread starting at the following
5585      URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5586      http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html  */
5587   return cur->region != prev->region;
5588 }
5589 
5590 void
5591 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5592 {
5593   lang_statement_iteration++;
5594   lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5595 			0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5596 }
5597 
5598 static bfd_boolean
5599 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5600 {
5601   /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5602      a page could be saved in the data segment.  */
5603   bfd_vma first, last;
5604 
5605   first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5606   last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5607   if (first && last
5608       && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5609 	  != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5610       && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5611     {
5612       seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5613       return TRUE;
5614     }
5615 
5616   seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5617   return FALSE;
5618 }
5619 
5620 static bfd_vma
5621 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5622 {
5623   bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5624   asection *sec;
5625 
5626   /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end.  */
5627   relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5628 	       & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5629 
5630   /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END.  */
5631   desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5632 
5633   /* For sections in the relro segment..  */
5634   for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5635     if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5636 	&& sec->vma >= seg->base
5637 	&& sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5638       {
5639 	/* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5640 	   desired?  */
5641 	bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5642 
5643 	end = start = sec->vma;
5644 	if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5645 	  end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5646 	bump = desired_end - end;
5647 	/* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5648 	   alignment so the increase might be less than optimum.  */
5649 	start += bump;
5650 	start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5651 	/* This is now the desired end for the previous section.  */
5652 	desired_end = start;
5653       }
5654 
5655   seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5656   ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5657   seg->base = desired_end;
5658   return relro_end;
5659 }
5660 
5661 static bfd_boolean
5662 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5663 {
5664   bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5665   bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5666   bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5667 
5668   if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5669     {
5670       do_data_relro = TRUE;
5671       data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5672       data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5673     }
5674   else
5675     {
5676       do_data_relro = FALSE;
5677       data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5678     }
5679 
5680   if (do_data_relro)
5681     {
5682       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5683       one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5684 
5685       /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5686 	 script have increased padding over the original.  Revert.  */
5687       if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5688 	{
5689 	  expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5690 	  do_reset = TRUE;
5691 	}
5692     }
5693 
5694   if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5695     do_reset = TRUE;
5696 
5697   return do_reset;
5698 }
5699 
5700 void
5701 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5702 {
5703   expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5704   expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5705 
5706   one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5707 
5708   if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5709     expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5710 
5711   if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5712     {
5713       bfd_boolean do_reset
5714 	= lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5715 
5716       if (do_reset)
5717 	{
5718 	  lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5719 	  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5720 	}
5721 
5722       if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5723 	{
5724 	  link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5725 	  link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5726 	}
5727     }
5728 }
5729 
5730 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5731 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5732 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5733 
5734 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments.  Recursiveness goes here.  */
5735 
5736 static bfd_vma
5737 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5738 		       lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5739 		       fill_type *fill,
5740 		       bfd_vma dot,
5741 		       bfd_boolean *found_end)
5742 {
5743   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5744     {
5745       switch (s->header.type)
5746 	{
5747 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5748 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5749 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5750 	  break;
5751 
5752 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5753 	  {
5754 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5755 	    bfd_vma newdot;
5756 
5757 	    os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5758 	    os->after_end = *found_end;
5759 	    if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5760 	      {
5761 		if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5762 		  {
5763 		    current_section = os;
5764 		    prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5765 		  }
5766 		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5767 	      }
5768 	    newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5769 					    os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5770 	    if (!os->ignored)
5771 	      {
5772 		if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5773 		  {
5774 		    /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5775 		    if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5776 			|| bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5777 		      dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5778 
5779 		    if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5780 		      exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5781 				     bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5782 		  }
5783 		else
5784 		  dot = newdot;
5785 	      }
5786 	  }
5787 	  break;
5788 
5789 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5790 
5791 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5792 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5793 	  break;
5794 
5795 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5796 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
5797 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
5798 	  break;
5799 
5800 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
5801 	  exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5802 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
5803 	    {
5804 	      s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5805 	      if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5806 		s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5807 	    }
5808 	  else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5809 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5810 	  {
5811 	    unsigned int size;
5812 	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
5813 	      {
5814 	      default:
5815 		abort ();
5816 	      case QUAD:
5817 	      case SQUAD:
5818 		size = QUAD_SIZE;
5819 		break;
5820 	      case LONG:
5821 		size = LONG_SIZE;
5822 		break;
5823 	      case SHORT:
5824 		size = SHORT_SIZE;
5825 		break;
5826 	      case BYTE:
5827 		size = BYTE_SIZE;
5828 		break;
5829 	      }
5830 	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5831 	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5832 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5833 	  }
5834 	  break;
5835 
5836 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5837 	  exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5838 			 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5839 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
5840 	    s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5841 	  else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5842 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5843 	  dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5844 	  break;
5845 
5846 	case lang_input_section_enum:
5847 	  {
5848 	    asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5849 
5850 	    if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5851 	      dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5852 	  }
5853 	  break;
5854 
5855 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
5856 	  break;
5857 
5858 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5859 	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5860 	  break;
5861 
5862 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5863 	  current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
5864 	  if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
5865 	    {
5866 	      const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
5867 
5868 	      if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
5869 		prefer_next_section = TRUE;
5870 
5871 	      while (*p == '_')
5872 		++p;
5873 	      if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
5874 		*found_end = TRUE;
5875 	    }
5876 	  exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5877 			 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
5878 			  ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
5879 			 &dot);
5880 	  break;
5881 
5882 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5883 	  dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5884 	  break;
5885 
5886 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
5887 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5888 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5889 	  break;
5890 
5891 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5892 	  break;
5893 
5894 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
5895 	  break;
5896 
5897 	default:
5898 	  FAIL ();
5899 	  break;
5900 	}
5901     }
5902   return dot;
5903 }
5904 
5905 void
5906 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5907 {
5908   bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
5909 
5910   current_section = NULL;
5911   prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5912   expld.phase = phase;
5913   lang_statement_iteration++;
5914   lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
5915 			 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
5916 }
5917 
5918 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
5919    choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
5920    of "dot".  */
5921 
5922 asection *
5923 section_for_dot (void)
5924 {
5925   asection *s;
5926 
5927   /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
5928      has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
5929      assignments belong to the next output section.  (The assumption
5930      is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
5931      next output section.)  Except that past the assignment to "_end"
5932      we always associate with the previous section.  This exception is
5933      for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
5934      weirdness after non-alloc sections.  */
5935   if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
5936     {
5937       lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
5938       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5939 
5940       for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
5941 	   stmt != NULL;
5942 	   stmt = stmt->header.next)
5943 	if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
5944 	  break;
5945 
5946       os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
5947       while (os != NULL
5948 	     && !os->after_end
5949 	     && (os->bfd_section == NULL
5950 		 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5951 		 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
5952 						   os->bfd_section)))
5953 	os = os->next;
5954 
5955       if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
5956 	{
5957 	  if (os != NULL)
5958 	    s = os->bfd_section;
5959 	  else
5960 	    s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
5961 	  while (s != NULL
5962 		 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5963 		     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5964 	    s = s->prev;
5965 	  if (s != NULL)
5966 	    return s;
5967 
5968 	  return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5969 	}
5970     }
5971 
5972   s = current_section->bfd_section;
5973 
5974   /* The section may have been stripped.  */
5975   while (s != NULL
5976 	 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5977 	     || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5978 	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
5979 	     || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
5980     s = s->prev;
5981   if (s == NULL)
5982     s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
5983   while (s != NULL
5984 	 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5985 	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5986     s = s->next;
5987   if (s != NULL)
5988     return s;
5989 
5990   return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5991 }
5992 
5993 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols.  */
5994 
5995 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
5996 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
5997 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
5998 
5999 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6000    to start_stop_syms.  */
6001 
6002 static void
6003 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6004 {
6005   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6006 
6007   h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6008   if (h != NULL)
6009     {
6010       if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6011 	{
6012 	  start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6013 	  start_stop_syms
6014 	    = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6015 			start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6016 	}
6017       start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6018     }
6019 }
6020 
6021 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6022    __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols.  Give the symbols
6023    preliminary definitions.  */
6024 
6025 static void
6026 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6027 {
6028   bfd *abfd;
6029   asection *s;
6030   char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6031 
6032   for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6033     for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6034       {
6035 	const char *ps;
6036 	const char *secname = s->name;
6037 
6038 	for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6039 	  if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6040 	    break;
6041 	if (*ps == '\0')
6042 	  {
6043 	    char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6044 
6045 	    symbol[0] = leading_char;
6046 	    sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6047 	    lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6048 
6049 	    symbol[1] = leading_char;
6050 	    memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6051 	    lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6052 
6053 	    free (symbol);
6054 	  }
6055       }
6056 }
6057 
6058 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms.  */
6059 
6060 static void
6061 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6062 {
6063   size_t i;
6064 
6065   for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6066     func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6067 }
6068 
6069 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6070    linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6071    map to an output section of the same name.  The symbols were
6072    defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6073    sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule.  */
6074 
6075 static void
6076 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6077 {
6078   if (h->ldscript_def)
6079     return;
6080 
6081   if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6082       || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6083       || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6084 		 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6085     {
6086       h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6087       h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6088     }
6089 }
6090 
6091 static void
6092 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6093 {
6094   foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6095 }
6096 
6097 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6098    .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols.  Give the symbols
6099    preliminary definitions.  */
6100 
6101 static void
6102 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6103 {
6104   asection *s;
6105 
6106   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6107     {
6108       const char *secname = s->name;
6109       char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6110 
6111       sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6112       lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6113 
6114       memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6115       lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6116       free (symbol);
6117     }
6118 }
6119 
6120 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values.  */
6121 
6122 static void
6123 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6124 {
6125   if (h->ldscript_def
6126       || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6127     return;
6128 
6129   if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6130     {
6131       /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6132 	 .startof. already has final value.  */
6133       if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6134 	{
6135 	  /* .sizeof.  */
6136 	  h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6137 	  h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6138 	}
6139     }
6140   else
6141     {
6142       /* __start or __stop symbol.  */
6143       int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6144 
6145       h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6146       if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6147 	{
6148 	  /* __stop_ */
6149 	  h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6150 	}
6151     }
6152 }
6153 
6154 static void
6155 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6156 {
6157   foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6158 }
6159 
6160 static void
6161 lang_end (void)
6162 {
6163   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6164   bfd_boolean warn;
6165 
6166   if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6167       || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6168     warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6169   else
6170     warn = TRUE;
6171 
6172   /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6173      --gc-sections.  */
6174   if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6175       && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6176     einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6177 	     "an undefined symbol\n"));
6178 
6179   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6180     {
6181       /* No entry has been specified.  Look for the default entry, but
6182 	 don't warn if we don't find it.  */
6183       entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6184       warn = FALSE;
6185     }
6186 
6187   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6188 			    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6189   if (h != NULL
6190       && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6191 	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6192       && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6193     {
6194       bfd_vma val;
6195 
6196       val = (h->u.def.value
6197 	     + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6198 				    h->u.def.section->output_section)
6199 	     + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6200       if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6201 	einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6202     }
6203   else
6204     {
6205       bfd_vma val;
6206       const char *send;
6207 
6208       /* We couldn't find the entry symbol.  Try parsing it as a
6209 	 number.  */
6210       val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6211       if (*send == '\0')
6212 	{
6213 	  if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6214 	    einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
6215 	}
6216       else
6217 	{
6218 	  asection *ts;
6219 
6220 	  /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number.  Use
6221 	     the first address in the text section.  */
6222 	  ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6223 	  if (ts != NULL)
6224 	    {
6225 	      if (warn)
6226 		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6227 			 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6228 		       entry_symbol.name,
6229 		       bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6230 	      if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6231 		    (link_info.output_bfd,
6232 		     bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6233 		einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
6234 	    }
6235 	  else
6236 	    {
6237 	      if (warn)
6238 		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6239 			 " not setting start address\n"),
6240 		       entry_symbol.name);
6241 	    }
6242 	}
6243     }
6244 }
6245 
6246 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6247    BFD.  */
6248 
6249 static void
6250 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6251 		   va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6252 {
6253   /* Don't do anything.  */
6254 }
6255 
6256 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6257    with the output file.  Also call the backend to let it do any
6258    other checking that is needed.  */
6259 
6260 static void
6261 lang_check (void)
6262 {
6263   lang_statement_union_type *file;
6264   bfd *input_bfd;
6265   const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6266 
6267   for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6268     {
6269 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6270       /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin.  */
6271       if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6272 	continue;
6273 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6274       input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6275       compatible
6276 	= bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6277 				   command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6278 
6279       /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6280 	 link between differing object formats when the input
6281 	 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6282 	 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6283 	 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6284 	 relocs for other link purposes than a final link).  */
6285       if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6286 	   || link_info.emitrelocations)
6287 	  && (compatible == NULL
6288 	      || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6289 		  != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6290 	  && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6291 	{
6292 	  einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
6293 		   " format %s (%B) to format %s (%B) is not supported\n"),
6294 		 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6295 		 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6296 	  /* einfo with %F exits.  */
6297 	}
6298 
6299       if (compatible == NULL)
6300 	{
6301 	  if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6302 	    einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%B'"
6303 		     " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6304 		   bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6305 		   bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6306 	}
6307       else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6308 	{
6309 	  /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6310 	     private data of the output bfd.  */
6311 
6312 	  bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6313 
6314 	  /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6315 	     files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6316 	     function which will do nothing.  We still want to call
6317 	     bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6318 	     information which is needed in the output file.  */
6319 	  if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6320 	    pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6321 	  if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6322 	    {
6323 	      if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6324 		einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
6325 			 " of file %B\n"), input_bfd);
6326 	    }
6327 	  if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6328 	    bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6329 	}
6330     }
6331 }
6332 
6333 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6334    correct section.  The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6335    to roughly sort the entries by alignment.  */
6336 
6337 static void
6338 lang_common (void)
6339 {
6340   if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6341     return;
6342   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6343       && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6344     return;
6345 
6346   if (!config.sort_common)
6347     bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6348   else
6349     {
6350       unsigned int power;
6351 
6352       if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6353 	{
6354 	  for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6355 	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6356 
6357 	  power = 0;
6358 	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6359 	}
6360       else
6361 	{
6362 	  for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6363 	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6364 
6365 	  power = (unsigned int) -1;
6366 	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6367 	}
6368     }
6369 }
6370 
6371 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section.  */
6372 
6373 static bfd_boolean
6374 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6375 {
6376   unsigned int power_of_two;
6377   bfd_vma size;
6378   asection *section;
6379 
6380   if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6381     return TRUE;
6382 
6383   size = h->u.c.size;
6384   power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6385 
6386   if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6387       && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6388     return TRUE;
6389   else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6390 	   && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6391     return TRUE;
6392 
6393   section = h->u.c.p->section;
6394   if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6395     einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%T': %E\n"),
6396 	   h->root.string);
6397 
6398   if (config.map_file != NULL)
6399     {
6400       static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6401       int len;
6402       char *name;
6403       char buf[50];
6404 
6405       if (!header_printed)
6406 	{
6407 	  minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6408 	  minfo (_("Common symbol       size              file\n\n"));
6409 	  header_printed = TRUE;
6410 	}
6411 
6412       name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6413 			   DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6414       if (name == NULL)
6415 	{
6416 	  minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6417 	  len = strlen (h->root.string);
6418 	}
6419       else
6420 	{
6421 	  minfo ("%s", name);
6422 	  len = strlen (name);
6423 	  free (name);
6424 	}
6425 
6426       if (len >= 19)
6427 	{
6428 	  print_nl ();
6429 	  len = 0;
6430 	}
6431       while (len < 20)
6432 	{
6433 	  print_space ();
6434 	  ++len;
6435 	}
6436 
6437       minfo ("0x");
6438       if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6439 	sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6440       else
6441 	sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6442       minfo ("%s", buf);
6443       len = strlen (buf);
6444 
6445       while (len < 16)
6446 	{
6447 	  print_space ();
6448 	  ++len;
6449 	}
6450 
6451       minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
6452     }
6453 
6454   return TRUE;
6455 }
6456 
6457 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6458    output section.  The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6459    option are handled here.  */
6460 
6461 static void
6462 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6463 {
6464   if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6465     {
6466       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6467       os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6468 						 TRUE);
6469       if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6470 	  && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6471 	      || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6472 	os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6473       lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6474     }
6475   else
6476     {
6477       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6478       const char *name = s->name;
6479       int constraint = 0;
6480 
6481       if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6482 	einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%A' from `%B'.\n"),
6483 	       s, s->owner);
6484 
6485       if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6486 	constraint = SPECIAL;
6487 
6488       os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6489       if (os == NULL)
6490 	{
6491 	  os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6492 	  if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6493 	      && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6494 		  || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6495 	    os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6496 	  lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6497 	}
6498 
6499       if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6500 	einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%A' from `%B' being "
6501 		 "placed in section `%s'.\n"),
6502 	       s, s->owner, os->name);
6503     }
6504 }
6505 
6506 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6507    somewhere to go.  If one is found without a destination then create
6508    an input request and place it into the statement tree.  */
6509 
6510 static void
6511 lang_place_orphans (void)
6512 {
6513   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6514     {
6515       asection *s;
6516 
6517       for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6518 	{
6519 	  if (s->output_section == NULL)
6520 	    {
6521 	      /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6522 		 around for a sensible place for it to go.  */
6523 
6524 	      if (file->flags.just_syms)
6525 		bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6526 	      else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6527 		s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6528 	      else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6529 		{
6530 		  /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6531 		     come from an archive.  We attach to the section
6532 		     with the wildcard.  */
6533 		  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6534 		      || command_line.force_common_definition)
6535 		    {
6536 		      if (default_common_section == NULL)
6537 			default_common_section
6538 			  = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6539 								  TRUE);
6540 		      lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6541 					NULL, default_common_section);
6542 		    }
6543 		}
6544 	      else
6545 		ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6546 	    }
6547 	}
6548     }
6549 }
6550 
6551 void
6552 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6553 {
6554   flagword *ptr_flags;
6555 
6556   ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6557 
6558   while (*flags)
6559     {
6560       switch (*flags)
6561 	{
6562 	  /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6563 	     the sense of any of the attributes that follow.  */
6564 	case '!':
6565 	  invert = !invert;
6566 	  ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6567 	  break;
6568 
6569 	case 'A': case 'a':
6570 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6571 	  break;
6572 
6573 	case 'R': case 'r':
6574 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6575 	  break;
6576 
6577 	case 'W': case 'w':
6578 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6579 	  break;
6580 
6581 	case 'X': case 'x':
6582 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6583 	  break;
6584 
6585 	case 'L': case 'l':
6586 	case 'I': case 'i':
6587 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6588 	  break;
6589 
6590 	default:
6591 	  einfo (_("%P%F: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6592 		 *flags, *flags);
6593 	  break;
6594 	}
6595       flags++;
6596     }
6597 }
6598 
6599 /* Call a function on each input file.  This function will be called
6600    on an archive, but not on the elements.  */
6601 
6602 void
6603 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6604 {
6605   lang_input_statement_type *f;
6606 
6607   for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
6608        f != NULL;
6609        f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next_real_file)
6610     func (f);
6611 }
6612 
6613 /* Call a function on each file.  The function will be called on all
6614    the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6615    not be called on the archive file itself.  */
6616 
6617 void
6618 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6619 {
6620   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6621     {
6622       func (f);
6623     }
6624 }
6625 
6626 void
6627 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6628 {
6629   lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6630 			 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6631 			 &entry->next);
6632 
6633   /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6634      a link.  */
6635   ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6636   ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6637 
6638   *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6639   link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6640   entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6641   bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6642 
6643   /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6644      included in the link.  We need to do this now, so that we can
6645      notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6646      definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6647      going to link.  FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6648      symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6649      discarded.  This would require modifying the backend linker for
6650      each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag.  If we do
6651      this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way.  */
6652 
6653   bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6654 }
6655 
6656 void
6657 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6658 {
6659   /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script.  */
6660   if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6661     {
6662       output_filename = name;
6663       had_output_filename = TRUE;
6664     }
6665 }
6666 
6667 static int
6668 topower (int x)
6669 {
6670   unsigned int i = 1;
6671   int l;
6672 
6673   if (x < 0)
6674     return -1;
6675 
6676   for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
6677     {
6678       if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
6679 	return l;
6680       i <<= 1;
6681     }
6682 
6683   return 0;
6684 }
6685 
6686 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6687 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6688 				     etree_type *address_exp,
6689 				     enum section_type sectype,
6690 				     etree_type *align,
6691 				     etree_type *subalign,
6692 				     etree_type *ebase,
6693 				     int constraint,
6694 				     int align_with_input)
6695 {
6696   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6697 
6698   os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6699 					     constraint, TRUE);
6700   current_section = os;
6701 
6702   if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6703     {
6704       os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6705     }
6706   os->sectype = sectype;
6707   if (sectype != noload_section)
6708     os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6709   else
6710     os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6711   os->block_value = 1;
6712 
6713   /* Make next things chain into subchain of this.  */
6714   push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6715 
6716   os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6717   if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6718     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6719 	   NULL);
6720 
6721   os->subsection_alignment =
6722     topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
6723   os->section_alignment =
6724     topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
6725 
6726   os->load_base = ebase;
6727   return os;
6728 }
6729 
6730 void
6731 lang_final (void)
6732 {
6733   lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6734 
6735   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6736   new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6737 }
6738 
6739 /* Reset the current counters in the regions.  */
6740 
6741 void
6742 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6743 {
6744   lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6745   asection *o;
6746   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6747 
6748   for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6749     {
6750       p->current = p->origin;
6751       p->last_os = NULL;
6752     }
6753 
6754   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6755        os != NULL;
6756        os = os->next)
6757     {
6758       os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6759       os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6760     }
6761 
6762   for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6763     {
6764       /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section.  */
6765       o->rawsize = o->size;
6766       o->size = 0;
6767     }
6768 }
6769 
6770 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1.  */
6771 
6772 static void
6773 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6774 		     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6775 		     asection *section,
6776 		     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6777 		     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6778 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6779 {
6780   /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6781      should be as well.  */
6782   if (ptr->keep_sections)
6783     section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6784 }
6785 
6786 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC.  */
6787 
6788 static void
6789 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6790 {
6791   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6792     {
6793       switch (s->header.type)
6794 	{
6795 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6796 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6797 	  break;
6798 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6799 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6800 	  break;
6801 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6802 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6803 	  break;
6804 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
6805 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6806 	  break;
6807 	default:
6808 	  break;
6809 	}
6810     }
6811 }
6812 
6813 static void
6814 lang_gc_sections (void)
6815 {
6816   /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script.  */
6817   lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6818 
6819   /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6820      the special case of debug info.  (See bfd/stabs.c)
6821      Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code.  */
6822   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6823     {
6824       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6825 	{
6826 	  asection *sec;
6827 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6828 	  if (f->flags.claimed)
6829 	    continue;
6830 #endif
6831 	  for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6832 	    if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6833 	      sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6834 	}
6835     }
6836 
6837   if (link_info.gc_sections)
6838     bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6839 }
6840 
6841 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1.  */
6842 
6843 static void
6844 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6845 			     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6846 			     asection *section,
6847 			     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6848 			     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6849 			     void *data)
6850 {
6851   /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6852      size.  */
6853   if (section->output_section != NULL
6854       && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6855       && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6856       && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6857       && section->size != 0)
6858     {
6859       bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6860       *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6861     }
6862 }
6863 
6864 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections.  */
6865 
6866 static void
6867 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6868 			    seg_align_type *seg,
6869 			    bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6870 {
6871   if (*has_relro_section)
6872     return;
6873 
6874   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6875     {
6876       if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
6877 	break;
6878 
6879       switch (s->header.type)
6880 	{
6881 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6882 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6883 		     find_relro_section_callback,
6884 		     has_relro_section);
6885 	  break;
6886 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6887 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6888 				      seg, has_relro_section);
6889 	  break;
6890 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6891 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6892 				      seg, has_relro_section);
6893 	  break;
6894 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
6895 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6896 				      seg, has_relro_section);
6897 	  break;
6898 	default:
6899 	  break;
6900 	}
6901     }
6902 }
6903 
6904 static void
6905 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6906 {
6907   bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6908 
6909   /* Check all sections in the link script.  */
6910 
6911   lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6912 			      &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
6913 
6914   if (!has_relro_section)
6915     link_info.relro = FALSE;
6916 }
6917 
6918 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6919 
6920 void
6921 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6922 {
6923   if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6924     {
6925       /* We may need more than one relaxation pass.  */
6926       int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6927 
6928       /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass.  */
6929       link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6930 
6931       while (i--)
6932 	{
6933 	  /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6934 	  bfd_boolean relax_again;
6935 
6936 	  link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6937 	  do
6938 	    {
6939 	      link_info.relax_trip++;
6940 
6941 	      /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also.  If you find
6942 		 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6943 		 pe-dll.c also.  DJ  */
6944 
6945 	      /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6946 		 section sizes.  */
6947 	      lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6948 
6949 	      /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6950 		 size.  */
6951 	      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6952 
6953 	      /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6954 		 globals are, so can make a better guess.  */
6955 	      relax_again = FALSE;
6956 	      lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6957 	    }
6958 	  while (relax_again);
6959 
6960 	  link_info.relax_pass++;
6961 	}
6962       need_layout = TRUE;
6963     }
6964 
6965   if (need_layout)
6966     {
6967       /* Final extra sizing to report errors.  */
6968       lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6969       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6970       lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6971     }
6972 }
6973 
6974 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6975 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files.  We
6976    place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6977    first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6978    object file immediately preceding the archive.  In the event
6979    no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6980    object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6981    the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6982    is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6983    input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6984    inserted at the head of the file_chain.  */
6985 
6986 static lang_input_statement_type *
6987 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6988 {
6989   lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
6990   lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6991   for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6992        claim1 != NULL;
6993        claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
6994     {
6995       if (claim1->flags.claimed)
6996 	return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
6997       /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file.  */
6998       if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
6999 	lastobject = claim1;
7000     }
7001   /* No files were claimed by the plugin.  Choose the last object
7002      file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7003      insert point.  */
7004   return lastobject;
7005 }
7006 
7007 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7008    on FIELD as the next-pointer.  (Counterintuitively does not need
7009    a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.)  */
7010 
7011 static void
7012 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7013 			lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7014 			lang_statement_union_type **field)
7015 {
7016   *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7017   *field = srclist->head;
7018   if (destlist->tail == field)
7019     destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7020 }
7021 
7022 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7023    was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST.  */
7024 
7025 static void
7026 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7027 		       lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7028 {
7029   union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7030   /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST.  */
7031   ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7032   savetail = origlist->tail;
7033   origlist->head = *(savetail);
7034   origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7035   destlist->tail = savetail;
7036   *savetail = NULL;
7037 }
7038 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7039 
7040 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points.  */
7041 
7042 void
7043 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7044 {
7045   struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7046 
7047   if (name == NULL)
7048     return;
7049 
7050   sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7051 
7052   sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7053   sym->name = name;
7054   link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7055 }
7056 
7057 /* Check relocations.  */
7058 
7059 static void
7060 lang_check_relocs (void)
7061 {
7062   if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7063     {
7064       bfd *abfd;
7065 
7066       for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7067 	   abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7068 	if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7069 	  {
7070 	    /* No object output, fail return.  */
7071 	    config.make_executable = FALSE;
7072 	    /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7073 	       continue the scan in case there are other
7074 	       bad relocations to report.  */
7075 	  }
7076     }
7077 }
7078 
7079 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7080    propagate forward the lma region.  */
7081 
7082 static void
7083 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7084 {
7085   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7086 
7087   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7088        os != NULL;
7089        os = os->next)
7090     {
7091       if (os->prev != NULL
7092 	  && os->lma_region == NULL
7093 	  && os->load_base == NULL
7094 	  && os->addr_tree == NULL
7095 	  && os->region == os->prev->region)
7096 	os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7097     }
7098 }
7099 
7100 void
7101 lang_process (void)
7102 {
7103   /* Finalize dynamic list.  */
7104   if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7105     lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7106 
7107   current_target = default_target;
7108 
7109   /* Open the output file.  */
7110   lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7111   init_opb ();
7112 
7113   ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7114 
7115   /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line.  */
7116   lang_place_undefineds ();
7117 
7118   if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7119     einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
7120 
7121   /* Create a bfd for each input file.  */
7122   current_target = default_target;
7123   lang_statement_iteration++;
7124   open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7125 
7126 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7127   if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7128     {
7129       lang_statement_list_type added;
7130       lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7131 
7132       /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7133 	 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7134 	 emulation's after_open hook.  We create a private list of
7135 	 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7136 	 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7137 	 file.  */
7138       added = *stat_ptr;
7139       /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony.  */
7140       files = file_chain;
7141       inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7142       if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7143 	einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7144 	       plugin_error_plugin ());
7145       /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains.  */
7146       open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7147       /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added.  */
7148       lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7149       /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists.  */
7150       lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7151       lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7152       /* Were any new files added?  */
7153       if (added.head != NULL)
7154 	{
7155 	  /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7156 	     after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin.  */
7157 	  plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7158 	  /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7159 	     don't really have a good idea where to place them.  Just putting
7160 	     them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7161 	     outside the crtbegin...crtend range.  */
7162 	  ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7163 	  /* Splice the new statement list into the old one.  */
7164 	  lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7165 				  &plugin_insert->header.next);
7166 	  /* Likewise for the file chains.  */
7167 	  lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7168 				  &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7169 	  /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7170 	     insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7171 	     point chosen is the dummy first input file.  */
7172 	  if (plugin_insert->filename)
7173 	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7174 	  else
7175 	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7176 
7177 	  /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared.  */
7178 	  lang_statement_iteration++;
7179 	  open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7180 	}
7181     }
7182 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7183 
7184   /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7185      before now.  */
7186   ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7187 
7188   link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7189 
7190   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7191     {
7192       link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7193 
7194       /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7195 	 linker script or the -e command line option.  But if neither of
7196 	 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7197 	 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7198 	 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7199 	 is called, long after this function has finished.  So detect this
7200 	 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7201 	 points for garbage collection resolution.  */
7202       lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7203     }
7204 
7205   lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7206   lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7207 
7208   ldemul_after_open ();
7209   if (config.map_file != NULL)
7210     lang_print_asneeded ();
7211 
7212   bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7213 
7214   /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures.  We call this
7215      after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7216      other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7217      does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7218      link.  */
7219   lang_check ();
7220 
7221   /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so.  */
7222   if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7223     lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7224 
7225   /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7226      files.  */
7227   ldctor_build_sets ();
7228 
7229   /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that  ELF
7230      gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols.  Must
7231      be done before lang_do_assignments below.  */
7232   if (config.build_constructors)
7233     lang_init_start_stop ();
7234 
7235   /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7236      collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved.  */
7237   lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7238 
7239   lang_do_memory_regions();
7240   expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7241 
7242   /* Size up the common data.  */
7243   lang_common ();
7244 
7245   /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to.  */
7246   lang_gc_sections ();
7247 
7248   /* Check relocations.  */
7249   lang_check_relocs ();
7250 
7251   ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7252 
7253   /* Update wild statements.  */
7254   update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7255 
7256   /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7257      to the correct output sections.  */
7258   lang_statement_iteration++;
7259   map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7260 
7261   process_insert_statements ();
7262 
7263   /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them.  */
7264   lang_place_orphans ();
7265 
7266   if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7267     {
7268       asection *found;
7269 
7270       /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections.  This has to be done after GC of
7271 	 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7272 	 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7273 	 is hard then.  */
7274       bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7275 
7276       /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it.  */
7277       found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7278 
7279       if (found != NULL)
7280 	{
7281 	  if (config.text_read_only)
7282 	    found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7283 	  else
7284 	    found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7285 	}
7286     }
7287 
7288   /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region.  */
7289   lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7290 
7291   /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7292      around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7293      defined when they should not be.  Fix them now.  */
7294   if (config.build_constructors)
7295     lang_undef_start_stop ();
7296 
7297   /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7298      dynamic symbols are created.  */
7299   if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7300     lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7301 
7302   /* Do anything special before sizing sections.  This is where ELF
7303      and other back-ends size dynamic sections.  */
7304   ldemul_before_allocation ();
7305 
7306   /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7307      section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS.  */
7308   lang_record_phdrs ();
7309 
7310   /* Check relro sections.  */
7311   if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7312     lang_find_relro_sections ();
7313 
7314   /* Size up the sections.  */
7315   lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7316 
7317   /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7318      everything is.  This is where relaxation is done.  */
7319   ldemul_after_allocation ();
7320 
7321   /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  */
7322   lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7323 
7324   /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
7325      of all the symbols.  */
7326   lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7327 
7328   ldemul_finish ();
7329 
7330   /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative.  */
7331   ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7332 
7333   /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense.  */
7334   if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7335     lang_check_section_addresses ();
7336 
7337   /* Check any required symbols are known.  */
7338   ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7339 
7340   lang_end ();
7341 }
7342 
7343 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7344 
7345 void
7346 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7347 	       struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7348 	       bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7349 {
7350   struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7351   lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7352 
7353   /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front.  */
7354   for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7355        curr != NULL;
7356        section_list = curr, curr = next)
7357     {
7358       next = curr->next;
7359       curr->next = section_list;
7360     }
7361 
7362   if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7363     {
7364       if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7365 	filespec->name = NULL;
7366       else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7367 	lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7368     }
7369 
7370   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7371   new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7372   new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7373   new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7374   new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7375   if (filespec != NULL)
7376     {
7377       new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7378       new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7379       new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7380       new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7381     }
7382   new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7383   new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7384   lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7385   analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7386 }
7387 
7388 void
7389 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7390 		    const segment_type *segment)
7391 {
7392   lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7393 
7394   ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7395   ad->section_name = name;
7396   ad->address = address;
7397   ad->segment = segment;
7398 }
7399 
7400 /* Set the start symbol to NAME.  CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7401    because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7402    called by ENTRY in a linker script.  Command line arguments take
7403    precedence.  */
7404 
7405 void
7406 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7407 {
7408   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7409       || cmdline
7410       || !entry_from_cmdline)
7411     {
7412       entry_symbol.name = name;
7413       entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7414     }
7415 }
7416 
7417 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME.  .em files should use this,
7418    not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7419    linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point.  NAME
7420    must be permanently allocated.  */
7421 void
7422 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7423 {
7424   entry_symbol_default = name;
7425 }
7426 
7427 void
7428 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7429 {
7430   lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7431 
7432   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7433   new_stmt->target = name;
7434 }
7435 
7436 void
7437 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7438 {
7439   while (*name)
7440     {
7441       switch (*name)
7442 	{
7443 	case 'F':
7444 	  map_option_f = TRUE;
7445 	  break;
7446 	}
7447       name++;
7448     }
7449 }
7450 
7451 void
7452 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7453 {
7454   lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7455 
7456   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7457   new_stmt->fill = fill;
7458 }
7459 
7460 void
7461 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7462 {
7463   lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7464 
7465   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7466   new_stmt->exp = exp;
7467   new_stmt->type = type;
7468 }
7469 
7470 /* Create a new reloc statement.  RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7471    generate.  HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7472    look this up, but the caller has already done so).  SECTION is the
7473    section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7474    symbol to generate a reloc against.  Exactly one of SECTION and
7475    NAME must be NULL.  ADDEND is an expression for the addend.  */
7476 
7477 void
7478 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7479 		reloc_howto_type *howto,
7480 		asection *section,
7481 		const char *name,
7482 		union etree_union *addend)
7483 {
7484   lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7485 
7486   p->reloc = reloc;
7487   p->howto = howto;
7488   p->section = section;
7489   p->name = name;
7490   p->addend_exp = addend;
7491 
7492   p->addend_value = 0;
7493   p->output_section = NULL;
7494   p->output_offset = 0;
7495 }
7496 
7497 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7498 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7499 {
7500   lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7501 
7502   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7503   new_stmt->exp = exp;
7504   return new_stmt;
7505 }
7506 
7507 void
7508 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7509 {
7510   new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7511 }
7512 
7513 void
7514 lang_startup (const char *name)
7515 {
7516   if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7517     {
7518       einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7519     }
7520   first_file->filename = name;
7521   first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7522   first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7523 }
7524 
7525 void
7526 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7527 {
7528   lang_float_flag = maybe;
7529 }
7530 
7531 
7532 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7533    store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7534 
7535    MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7536    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7537    LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7538    statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7539    had an explicit load address.
7540 
7541    It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address.  */
7542 
7543 static void
7544 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7545 		  lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7546 		  const char *memspec,
7547 		  const char *lma_memspec,
7548 		  bfd_boolean have_lma,
7549 		  bfd_boolean have_vma)
7550 {
7551   *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7552 
7553   /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7554      has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7555      as well.  */
7556   if (lma_memspec != NULL
7557       && !have_vma
7558       && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7559     *region = *lma_region;
7560   else
7561     *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7562 
7563   if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7564     einfo (_("%X%P:%S: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7565 	   NULL);
7566 }
7567 
7568 void
7569 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7570 				     lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7571 				     const char *lma_memspec)
7572 {
7573   lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7574 		    &current_section->lma_region,
7575 		    memspec, lma_memspec,
7576 		    current_section->load_base != NULL,
7577 		    current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7578 
7579   current_section->fill = fill;
7580   current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7581   pop_stat_ptr ();
7582 }
7583 
7584 void
7585 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7586 		       lang_statement_union_type *element,
7587 		       lang_statement_union_type **field)
7588 {
7589   *(list->tail) = element;
7590   list->tail = field;
7591 }
7592 
7593 /* Set the output format type.  -oformat overrides scripts.  */
7594 
7595 void
7596 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7597 			const char *big,
7598 			const char *little,
7599 			int from_script)
7600 {
7601   if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7602     {
7603       if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7604 	  && big != NULL)
7605 	format = big;
7606       else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7607 	       && little != NULL)
7608 	format = little;
7609 
7610       output_target = format;
7611     }
7612 }
7613 
7614 void
7615 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7616 {
7617   lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7618 
7619   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7620   new_stmt->where = where;
7621   new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7622   saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7623 }
7624 
7625 /* Enter a group.  This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7626    stat_ptr to build new statements within the group.  */
7627 
7628 void
7629 lang_enter_group (void)
7630 {
7631   lang_group_statement_type *g;
7632 
7633   g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7634   lang_list_init (&g->children);
7635   push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7636 }
7637 
7638 /* Leave a group.  This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7639    regular list of statements again.  Note that this will not work if
7640    groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7641    but currently they can't.  */
7642 
7643 void
7644 lang_leave_group (void)
7645 {
7646   pop_stat_ptr ();
7647 }
7648 
7649 /* Add a new program header.  This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7650    command in a linker script.  */
7651 
7652 void
7653 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7654 	       etree_type *type,
7655 	       bfd_boolean filehdr,
7656 	       bfd_boolean phdrs,
7657 	       etree_type *at,
7658 	       etree_type *flags)
7659 {
7660   struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7661   bfd_boolean hdrs;
7662 
7663   n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7664   n->next = NULL;
7665   n->name = name;
7666   n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
7667   n->filehdr = filehdr;
7668   n->phdrs = phdrs;
7669   n->at = at;
7670   n->flags = flags;
7671 
7672   hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7673 
7674   for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7675     if (hdrs
7676 	&& (*pp)->type == 1
7677 	&& !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7678       {
7679 	einfo (_("%X%P:%S: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7680 		 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7681 	hdrs = FALSE;
7682       }
7683 
7684   *pp = n;
7685 }
7686 
7687 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD.  FIXME: We
7688    should not be calling an ELF specific function here.  */
7689 
7690 static void
7691 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7692 {
7693   unsigned int alc;
7694   asection **secs;
7695   lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7696   struct lang_phdr *l;
7697   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7698 
7699   alc = 10;
7700   secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7701   last = NULL;
7702 
7703   for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7704     {
7705       unsigned int c;
7706       flagword flags;
7707       bfd_vma at;
7708 
7709       c = 0;
7710       for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7711 	   os != NULL;
7712 	   os = os->next)
7713 	{
7714 	  lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7715 
7716 	  if (os->constraint < 0)
7717 	    continue;
7718 
7719 	  pl = os->phdrs;
7720 	  if (pl != NULL)
7721 	    last = pl;
7722 	  else
7723 	    {
7724 	      if (os->sectype == noload_section
7725 		  || os->bfd_section == NULL
7726 		  || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7727 		continue;
7728 
7729 	      /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header.  */
7730 	      if (l->type == 3)
7731 		continue;
7732 
7733 	      if (last == NULL)
7734 		{
7735 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
7736 
7737 		  /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7738 		     header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7739 		     one.  This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7740 		     behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7741 		     header and there are sections in that script which are
7742 		     not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7743 		     use of that header. See here for more details:
7744 		     http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html  */
7745 		  for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7746 		    if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7747 		      {
7748 			last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7749 			break;
7750 		      }
7751 		  if (last == NULL)
7752 		    einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7753 		}
7754 	      pl = last;
7755 	    }
7756 
7757 	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7758 	    continue;
7759 
7760 	  for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7761 	    {
7762 	      if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7763 		{
7764 		  if (c >= alc)
7765 		    {
7766 		      alc *= 2;
7767 		      secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7768 						     alc * sizeof (asection *));
7769 		    }
7770 		  secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7771 		  ++c;
7772 		  pl->used = TRUE;
7773 		}
7774 	    }
7775 	}
7776 
7777       if (l->flags == NULL)
7778 	flags = 0;
7779       else
7780 	flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7781 
7782       if (l->at == NULL)
7783 	at = 0;
7784       else
7785 	at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7786 
7787       if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7788 			    l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7789 			    at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7790 	einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7791     }
7792 
7793   free (secs);
7794 
7795   /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded.  */
7796   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7797        os != NULL;
7798        os = os->next)
7799     {
7800       lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7801 
7802       if (os->constraint < 0
7803 	  || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7804 	continue;
7805 
7806       for (pl = os->phdrs;
7807 	   pl != NULL;
7808 	   pl = pl->next)
7809 	if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7810 	  einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7811 		 os->name, pl->name);
7812     }
7813 }
7814 
7815 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced.  */
7816 
7817 void
7818 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7819 {
7820   struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7821 
7822   n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7823   n->next = nocrossref_list;
7824   n->list = l;
7825   n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
7826   nocrossref_list = n;
7827 
7828   /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols.  */
7829   link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7830 }
7831 
7832 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections.  */
7833 
7834 void
7835 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7836 {
7837   lang_add_nocrossref (l);
7838   nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
7839 }
7840 
7841 /* Overlay handling.  We handle overlays with some static variables.  */
7842 
7843 /* The overlay virtual address.  */
7844 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7845 /* And subsection alignment.  */
7846 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7847 
7848 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far.  */
7849 static etree_type *overlay_max;
7850 
7851 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay.  */
7852 
7853 struct overlay_list {
7854   struct overlay_list *next;
7855   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7856 };
7857 
7858 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7859 
7860 /* Start handling an overlay.  */
7861 
7862 void
7863 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7864 {
7865   /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring.  */
7866   ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7867 	  && overlay_subalign == NULL
7868 	  && overlay_max == NULL);
7869 
7870   overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7871   overlay_subalign = subalign;
7872 }
7873 
7874 /* Start a section in an overlay.  We handle this by calling
7875    lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7876    lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions.  */
7877 
7878 void
7879 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7880 {
7881   struct overlay_list *n;
7882   etree_type *size;
7883 
7884   lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7885 				       0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
7886 
7887   /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7888      sections on this one.  This will work correctly even if `.' is
7889      used in the addresses.  */
7890   if (overlay_list == NULL)
7891     overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7892 
7893   /* Remember the section.  */
7894   n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7895   n->os = current_section;
7896   n->next = overlay_list;
7897   overlay_list = n;
7898 
7899   size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7900 
7901   /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address.  */
7902   if (overlay_max == NULL)
7903     overlay_max = size;
7904   else
7905     overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7906 }
7907 
7908 /* Finish a section in an overlay.  There isn't any special to do
7909    here.  */
7910 
7911 void
7912 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7913 			    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
7914 {
7915   const char *name;
7916   char *clean, *s2;
7917   const char *s1;
7918   char *buf;
7919 
7920   name = current_section->name;
7921 
7922   /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
7923      region and that no load-time region has been specified.  It doesn't
7924      really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
7925      override it.  */
7926   lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
7927 
7928   /* Define the magic symbols.  */
7929 
7930   clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7931   s2 = clean;
7932   for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
7933     if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
7934       *s2++ = *s1;
7935   *s2 = '\0';
7936 
7937   buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
7938   sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
7939   lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7940 				    exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7941 				    FALSE));
7942 
7943   buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
7944   sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
7945   lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7946 				    exp_binop ('+',
7947 					       exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7948 					       exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
7949 				    FALSE));
7950 
7951   free (clean);
7952 }
7953 
7954 /* Finish an overlay.  If there are any overlay wide settings, this
7955    looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them.  */
7956 
7957 void
7958 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
7959 		    int nocrossrefs,
7960 		    fill_type *fill,
7961 		    const char *memspec,
7962 		    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7963 		    const char *lma_memspec)
7964 {
7965   lang_memory_region_type *region;
7966   lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
7967   struct overlay_list *l;
7968   lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
7969 
7970   lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
7971 		    memspec, lma_memspec,
7972 		    lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
7973 
7974   nocrossref = NULL;
7975 
7976   /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
7977      overlay region.  */
7978   if (overlay_list != NULL)
7979     {
7980       overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
7981       overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
7982 	= exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
7983     }
7984 
7985   l = overlay_list;
7986   while (l != NULL)
7987     {
7988       struct overlay_list *next;
7989 
7990       if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
7991 	l->os->fill = fill;
7992 
7993       l->os->region = region;
7994       l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
7995 
7996       /* The first section has the load address specified in the
7997 	 OVERLAY statement.  The rest are worked out from that.
7998 	 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
7999 	 an LMA region was specified.  */
8000       if (l->next == 0)
8001 	{
8002 	  l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8003 	  l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8004 	}
8005       if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8006 	l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8007 
8008       if (nocrossrefs)
8009 	{
8010 	  lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8011 
8012 	  nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8013 	  nc->name = l->os->name;
8014 	  nc->next = nocrossref;
8015 	  nocrossref = nc;
8016 	}
8017 
8018       next = l->next;
8019       free (l);
8020       l = next;
8021     }
8022 
8023   if (nocrossref != NULL)
8024     lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8025 
8026   overlay_vma = NULL;
8027   overlay_list = NULL;
8028   overlay_max = NULL;
8029   overlay_subalign = NULL;
8030 }
8031 
8032 /* Version handling.  This is only useful for ELF.  */
8033 
8034 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8035    If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8036    symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match).  */
8037 
8038 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8039 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8040 		 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8041 		 const char *sym)
8042 {
8043   const char *c_sym;
8044   const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8045   const char *java_sym = sym;
8046   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8047   enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8048 
8049   curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8050   cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8051   c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8052   if (!c_sym)
8053     c_sym = sym;
8054   cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8055 
8056   if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8057     {
8058       cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8059 			      DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8060       if (!cxx_sym)
8061 	cxx_sym = sym;
8062     }
8063   if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8064     {
8065       java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8066       if (!java_sym)
8067 	java_sym = sym;
8068     }
8069 
8070   if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8071     {
8072       struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8073 
8074       switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8075 	{
8076 	case 0:
8077 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8078 	    {
8079 	      e.pattern = c_sym;
8080 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8081 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8082 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8083 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8084 		  goto out_ret;
8085 		else
8086 		  expr = expr->next;
8087 	    }
8088 	  /* Fallthrough */
8089 	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8090 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8091 	    {
8092 	      e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8093 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8094 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8095 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8096 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8097 		  goto out_ret;
8098 		else
8099 		  expr = expr->next;
8100 	    }
8101 	  /* Fallthrough */
8102 	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8103 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8104 	    {
8105 	      e.pattern = java_sym;
8106 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8107 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8108 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8109 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8110 		  goto out_ret;
8111 		else
8112 		  expr = expr->next;
8113 	    }
8114 	  /* Fallthrough */
8115 	default:
8116 	  break;
8117 	}
8118     }
8119 
8120   /* Finally, try the wildcards.  */
8121   if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8122     expr = head->remaining;
8123   else
8124     expr = prev->next;
8125   for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8126     {
8127       const char *s;
8128 
8129       if (!expr->pattern)
8130 	continue;
8131 
8132       if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8133 	break;
8134 
8135       if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8136 	s = java_sym;
8137       else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8138 	s = cxx_sym;
8139       else
8140 	s = c_sym;
8141       if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8142 	break;
8143     }
8144 
8145  out_ret:
8146   if (c_sym != sym)
8147     free ((char *) c_sym);
8148   if (cxx_sym != sym)
8149     free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8150   if (java_sym != sym)
8151     free ((char *) java_sym);
8152   return expr;
8153 }
8154 
8155 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8156    return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed.  */
8157 
8158 static const char *
8159 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8160 {
8161   const char *p;
8162   bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8163   char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8164 
8165   for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8166     {
8167       /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8168 	 backslash.  */
8169       if (backslash)
8170 	{
8171 	  /* Remove the preceding backslash.  */
8172 	  *(s - 1) = *p;
8173 	  backslash = FALSE;
8174 	  changed = TRUE;
8175 	}
8176       else
8177 	{
8178 	  if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8179 	    {
8180 	      free (symbol);
8181 	      return NULL;
8182 	    }
8183 
8184 	  *s++ = *p;
8185 	  backslash = *p == '\\';
8186 	}
8187     }
8188 
8189   if (changed)
8190     {
8191       *s = '\0';
8192       return symbol;
8193     }
8194   else
8195     {
8196       free (symbol);
8197       return pattern;
8198     }
8199 }
8200 
8201 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression.  NEW_NAME is
8202    the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8203    pattern to be matched against symbol names.  */
8204 
8205 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8206 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8207 		       const char *new_name,
8208 		       const char *lang,
8209 		       bfd_boolean literal_p)
8210 {
8211   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8212 
8213   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8214   ret->next = orig;
8215   ret->symver = 0;
8216   ret->script = 0;
8217   ret->literal = TRUE;
8218   ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8219   if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8220     {
8221       ret->pattern = new_name;
8222       ret->literal = FALSE;
8223     }
8224 
8225   if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8226     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8227   else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8228     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8229   else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8230     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8231   else
8232     {
8233       einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8234 	     lang);
8235       ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8236     }
8237 
8238   return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8239 }
8240 
8241 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8242    expressions.  */
8243 
8244 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8245 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8246 		    struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8247 {
8248   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8249 
8250   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8251   ret->globals.list = globals;
8252   ret->locals.list = locals;
8253   ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8254   ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8255   return ret;
8256 }
8257 
8258 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices.  */
8259 
8260 static int version_index;
8261 
8262 static hashval_t
8263 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8264 {
8265   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8266       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8267 
8268   return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8269 }
8270 
8271 static int
8272 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8273 {
8274   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8275       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8276   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8277       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8278 
8279   return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8280 }
8281 
8282 static void
8283 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8284 {
8285   size_t count = 0;
8286   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8287   struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8288 
8289   for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8290     {
8291       if (e->literal)
8292 	count++;
8293       head->mask |= e->mask;
8294     }
8295 
8296   if (count)
8297     {
8298       head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8299 				version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8300       list_loc = &head->list;
8301       remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8302       for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8303 	{
8304 	  next = e->next;
8305 	  if (!e->literal)
8306 	    {
8307 	      *remaining_loc = e;
8308 	      remaining_loc = &e->next;
8309 	    }
8310 	  else
8311 	    {
8312 	      void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8313 
8314 	      if (*loc)
8315 		{
8316 		  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8317 
8318 		  e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8319 		  last = NULL;
8320 		  do
8321 		    {
8322 		      if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8323 			{
8324 			  last = NULL;
8325 			  break;
8326 			}
8327 		      last = e1;
8328 		      e1 = e1->next;
8329 		    }
8330 		  while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8331 
8332 		  if (last == NULL)
8333 		    {
8334 		      /* This is a duplicate.  */
8335 		      /* FIXME: Memory leak.  Sometimes pattern is not
8336 			 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory.  */
8337 		      /* free (e->pattern); */
8338 		      free (e);
8339 		    }
8340 		  else
8341 		    {
8342 		      e->next = last->next;
8343 		      last->next = e;
8344 		    }
8345 		}
8346 	      else
8347 		{
8348 		  *loc = e;
8349 		  *list_loc = e;
8350 		  list_loc = &e->next;
8351 		}
8352 	    }
8353 	}
8354       *remaining_loc = NULL;
8355       *list_loc = head->remaining;
8356     }
8357   else
8358     head->remaining = head->list;
8359 }
8360 
8361 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8362    version.  */
8363 
8364 void
8365 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8366 			 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8367 			 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8368 {
8369   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8370   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8371 
8372   if (name == NULL)
8373     name = "";
8374 
8375   if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8376       && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8377     {
8378       einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8379 	       " with other version tags\n"));
8380       free (version);
8381       return;
8382     }
8383 
8384   /* Make sure this node has a unique name.  */
8385   for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8386     if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8387       einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8388 
8389   lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8390   lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8391 
8392   /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8393      aren't any duplicates.  */
8394 
8395   for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8396     {
8397       for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8398 	{
8399 	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8400 
8401 	  if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8402 	    {
8403 	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8404 		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8405 	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8406 		{
8407 		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8408 		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8409 			     " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8410 		  e2 = e2->next;
8411 		}
8412 	    }
8413 	  else if (!e1->literal)
8414 	    for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8415 	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8416 		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8417 		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8418 			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8419 	}
8420     }
8421 
8422   for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8423     {
8424       for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8425 	{
8426 	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8427 
8428 	  if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8429 	    {
8430 	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8431 		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8432 	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8433 		{
8434 		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8435 		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8436 			     " in version information\n"),
8437 			   e1->pattern);
8438 		  e2 = e2->next;
8439 		}
8440 	    }
8441 	  else if (!e1->literal)
8442 	    for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8443 	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8444 		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8445 		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8446 			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8447 	}
8448     }
8449 
8450   version->deps = deps;
8451   version->name = name;
8452   if (name[0] != '\0')
8453     {
8454       ++version_index;
8455       version->vernum = version_index;
8456     }
8457   else
8458     version->vernum = 0;
8459 
8460   for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8461     ;
8462   *pp = version;
8463 }
8464 
8465 /* This is called when we see a version dependency.  */
8466 
8467 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8468 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8469 {
8470   struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8471   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8472 
8473   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8474   ret->next = list;
8475 
8476   for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8477     {
8478       if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8479 	{
8480 	  ret->version_needed = t;
8481 	  return ret;
8482 	}
8483     }
8484 
8485   einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8486 
8487   ret->version_needed = NULL;
8488   return ret;
8489 }
8490 
8491 static void
8492 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8493 {
8494   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8495 
8496   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8497     {
8498       asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8499       char *contents, *p;
8500       bfd_size_type len;
8501 
8502       if (sec == NULL)
8503 	continue;
8504 
8505       len = sec->size;
8506       contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8507       if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8508 	einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8509 
8510       p = contents;
8511       while (p < contents + len)
8512 	{
8513 	  greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8514 	  p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8515 	}
8516 
8517       /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex.  */
8518 
8519       /* Do not include this section in the link.  */
8520       sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8521     }
8522 
8523   lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8524   lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8525 			   lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8526 }
8527 
8528 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8529 
8530 static void
8531 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8532 {
8533   lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8534 
8535   for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8536     {
8537       if (r->origin_exp)
8538 	{
8539 	  exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8540 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
8541 	    {
8542 	      r->origin = expld.result.value;
8543 	      r->current = r->origin;
8544 	    }
8545 	  else
8546 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8547 		   r->name_list.name);
8548 	}
8549       if (r->length_exp)
8550 	{
8551 	  exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8552 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
8553 	    r->length = expld.result.value;
8554 	  else
8555 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8556 		   r->name_list.name);
8557 	}
8558     }
8559 }
8560 
8561 void
8562 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8563 {
8564   struct unique_sections *ent;
8565 
8566   for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8567     if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8568       return;
8569 
8570   ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8571   ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8572   ent->next = unique_section_list;
8573   unique_section_list = ent;
8574 }
8575 
8576 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one.  */
8577 
8578 void
8579 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8580 {
8581   if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8582     {
8583       struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8584       for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8585 	;
8586       tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8587       link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8588     }
8589   else
8590     {
8591       struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8592 
8593       d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8594       d->head.list = dynamic;
8595       d->match = lang_vers_match;
8596       link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8597     }
8598 }
8599 
8600 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8601    one.  */
8602 
8603 void
8604 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8605 {
8606   const char *symbols[] =
8607     {
8608       "typeinfo name for*",
8609       "typeinfo for*"
8610     };
8611   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8612   unsigned int i;
8613 
8614   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8615     dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8616 				     FALSE);
8617 
8618   lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8619 }
8620 
8621 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8622    existing one.  */
8623 
8624 void
8625 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8626 {
8627   const char *symbols[] =
8628     {
8629       "operator new*",
8630       "operator delete*"
8631     };
8632   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8633   unsigned int i;
8634 
8635   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8636     dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8637 				     FALSE);
8638 
8639   lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8640 }
8641 
8642 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features.  */
8643 
8644 void
8645 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8646 {
8647   char *p, *q;
8648 
8649   p = str;
8650   while (*p)
8651     {
8652       char sep;
8653       while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8654 	++p;
8655       if (!*p)
8656 	break;
8657       q = p + 1;
8658       while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8659 	++q;
8660       sep = *q;
8661       *q = 0;
8662       if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8663 	config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8664       else
8665 	einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8666       *q = sep;
8667       p = q;
8668     }
8669 }
8670 
8671 /* Pretty print memory amount.  */
8672 
8673 static void
8674 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8675 {
8676   if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8677     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8678   else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8679     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8680   else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8681     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8682   else
8683     printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8684 }
8685 
8686 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage.  */
8687 
8688 void
8689 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8690 {
8691   lang_memory_region_type *r;
8692 
8693   printf ("Memory region         Used Size  Region Size  %%age Used\n");
8694   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8695     {
8696       bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8697       double percent;
8698 
8699       printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8700       lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8701       lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8702 
8703       percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8704 
8705       printf ("    %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8706     }
8707 }
8708